Home

M22 / M23 / M23G AT Command User Guide

1. 263 2 6 21 1 012 Setting VCD 264 2 6 22 Set duration to clip data on incoming call TRING 265 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual vii Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 2 6 23 Convert UNICODE to GB2312 UNI2GB 266 2 6 24 Convert GB2312 to UNICODE GB2UNl l 266 2 6 25 Play a call tone GDT 267 2 6 26 Hardware power off command HRST 268 2 6 27 Disable Deep Sleep Mode NOSLEEP 269 2 6 28 Low Voltage Detection LVD 269 2 6 29 Select SIM Type Command SIMTYPEOPT 271 2 7 Proprietary AT ComMMandS 202 0nsennennenncennennnennenncnneenan 273 2 7 1 Call progress information CPl 273 2 7 2 Dynamic Multiband BAND 278 2 7 3 GPRS Attac
2. 20 222 name nnn n nnn nnn ncn nnn nnnn nance nnnnnne neces 31 2 1 3 Network service related commandS 32 Subscriber number CNUM 0 nnnnnenncennnecnnenenccenennnennnnnnnnnnnnannetenannmannnen 32 Network registration CREG 22 n2nnnnnnnnnnnnnennnonnncnnonnnnennnnnnnsonnennccnncnncecnnnnnnnnnnnnn 34 Operator selection COPS csencenccnncccnnennnccnnennnennnnnnnnnnnnannenmnmanmennnn 35 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual i Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Facility Lock AT CLCK 38 Change password CPWD 40 Calling line identification presentation CLIP 41 Call line identification restriction CLIR 42 Connected line identification presentation COLP 44 Closed user group CCUG 45 Call forwa
3. 223 2 5 7 Show PDP address CGPADDR 22 0 2 n enon nnn nnn n ncn 2 21 cence 225 2 5 8 Automatic response to a network request for PDP context activation CGAUTO 227 2 5 9 Manual response to a network request for PDP context activation CGANS 229 2 5 10 GPRS mobile station class CGCLASS GPRS only 231 2 5 11 Packet Domain event reporting CGEREP 233 2 5 12 RS network registration status CGREG 235 2 5 13 Select service for MO SMS messages OGSMS 237 2 5 14 Request GPRS service D 238 2 5 15 Automatic response to a network request for PDP context activation SO 240 2 5 16 Manual acceptance of a network request for PDP context activation A 241 2 5 17 Manual rejection of a network request for PDP context activation H 242 2 6 Module specific AT Commands nnnnnnennnnn nnn nnnne 243 2 6 1 Power Off POWEROFF 2 2 2 0 2nneenncne iehi aiioa eise 243 2 6 2 Periodic Signal Quality Report CSQ 243 2 6
4. 12 Select TE character set CSCS 13 Request international mobile subscriber identity CIMI Multiplexing mode CMUX 2 2nennannnnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnmnnnnennnenenennnannnaanccnacncnnenenennennnnn 16 PCCA STD 101 17 select wireless network WS46 20 2 1 2 Call control commands 21 Select Type of Address CST A neon mene nnnnnnnennnnnnnnncnnnnnnnennnnnnnananenanannamnnnns 21 Call mode CMOD 2 0 20 nennnennennnnonnnnnnnennnenncenncnccncnnncnnnennnennnnnnnnnnnnnneanninmammemnnin 22 Hang up call CHUP Select bearer service type CBST cnncenennnn nnn anc nnnnnnnennnnnnnnnnnenanmnnnmnnnns 23 Radio link protocol CRLP 25 Service reporting control CR Extended error report OEER 27 Cellular result Codes C RC 28 Single numbering scheme CSNS Dial command D
5. supported 1 1 TP VP field present absolute format Bit 2 TP RD Reserved Bit 1 Bit 0 TP MTI 0 1 SMS SUBMIT in the direction MS to SC lt vp gt integer type 0 to 143 vp 1 5 minutes 144 to 167 12 hours vp 143 30 minutes 168 to 196 vp 166 1 day 197 to 255 vp 192 1 week lt pid gt integer type Please see 03 40 TP Protocol Identifier TP PID description Default 0 lt dcs gt integer type 0x00 Default alphabet default 0x04 8 bit data 0x08 UCS2 16bit Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command Set parameter for saving sending short message lt vp gt field is relative format lt vp gt 2 days lt pid gt 0 lt dcs gt 0 AT CSMP 17 168 0 0 OK os 2 Set parameter for 8bit message and keeps other parameter unchanged AT CSMP32 4 OK 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 102 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Show Text Mode Parameters CSDH Table CSDH parameter command syntax text Command Possible response s CSDH lt show gt CSDH CSDH lt show gt CSDH CSDH list of supported lt shows gt s Description Set command controls whether detailed header information is shown in text mode result codes Defined values lt show gt 0 do not show header values defined in commands CSCA and CSMP lt sca gt lt tosca gt lt
6. n nnnnannnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnnnecnnnnnneennncnacennccccnennennnnnnnnennnnn 171 Report Remote ID FCl 2 2 2nnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennonnnnnennennnnennecneccneceenncenanennnnnnnnnnen 171 Report NSC Frames FNC Report NSF Frames FNF 173 Report NSS Frames FNS 173 Report Password FPW 174 Report Destination Subaddress FSA 175 Report Polling Address FPA 175 Report T 30 Phase C Page Reception FPS 176 Post Page Messages Response FET 177 Transition to Voice FVO 178 Call Termination Status FHS 178 Report Transmit HDLC Frames FHT
7. Description Execution command causes the TA to return one or more lines of information text lt report gt determined by the ME manufacturer which should offer the user of the TA an extended report of the reason for the failure in the last unsuccessful call setup or in call modification the last call releases Typically the text will consist of a single line containing the cause Information given by GSM UMTS network in textual format Defined values lt report gt the total number of characters shall not exceed 2041 characters See Section 2 11 4 for more information of lt report gt Or see 3GPP TS 24 008 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 27 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT CEER CEER no error OK ATD0920123456 OK NO CARRIER disconnect by remote side AT CEER CEER normal call clearing OK Cellular result codes CRC Table CRC parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CRC lt mode gt CRC CRC lt mode gt CRC CRC list of supported lt modess Description Set command controls whether or not the extended format of incoming call indication is used When enabled an incoming call is indicated to the TE with unsolicited result code CRING lt type gt instead of the normal RING Test command returns valu
8. Description This command causes the DCE to transmit one or more lines of information text determined by the manufacturer followed by a final result code lt value gt may optionally be used to select from among multiple types of identifying information specified by the manufacturer NOTE The responses to this command may not be reliably used to determine the DCE manufacturer revision level feature set or other information and should not be relied upon for software operation In particular expecting a specific numeric response to an I0 command to indicate which other features and commands are implemented in a DCE dooms software to certain failure since there are widespread differences in manufacturer implementation among devices that may coincidentally respond with identical values to this command Software implementers should use commands with extreme caution since the amount of data returned by particular implementations may vary widely from a few bytes to several thousand bytes or more and should be prepared to encounter ERROR responses if the value is not recognized Informative Examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 128 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ ATI lt manufacturer1 gt OK 2 ATIO lt manufacturer1 gt OK 3 ATI1 lt manufacturer2 gt OK 4 ATI2 ERROR Request manufacturer identificat
9. 90 Receive gain selection VGR 91 Transmit gain selection VGT 91 2 2 Commands related to short message Service 93 2 2 1 General Configuration Commands 97 Select Message Service OSMS 97 Preferred Message Storage CPMS 98 Message Format CMGF 2 2 2 Message Configuration Commands 100 Service Centre Address CSCA nncnnnnncnnnnnnnnnn arene nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnannmnnnnnn 100 Set Text Mode Parameters CSMP Show Text Mode Parameters CSDH 103 Select Cell Broadcast Message Types CSCB 104 Save Settings CSAS 105 Restore Settings CRES 2nannnnnnennnnnnnncnnnnnnoonecnnnennnnecnnannncnecnn
10. Command Possible response s CGEREP lt mode gt lt bfr gt OK ERROR CGEREP CGEREP lt mode gt lt bfr gt CGEREP CGEREP list of supported lt mode gt s list of supported lt bfr gt s Description Set command enables or disables sending of unsolicited result codes CGEV XXX from MT to TE in the case of certain events occurring in the Packet Domain MT or the network lt mode gt controls the processing of unsolicited result codes specified within this command lt bfr gt controls the effect on buffered codes when lt mode gt 1 or 2 is entered If a setting is not supported by the MT ERROR or CME ERROR is returned Read command returns the current mode and buffer settings Test command returns the modes and buffer settings supported by the MT as compound values Defined values lt mode gt O buffer unsolicited result codes in the MT if MT result code buffer is full the oldest ones can be discarded No codes are forwarded to the TE 1 discard unsolicited result codes when MT TE link is reserved e g in on line data mode otherwise forward them directly to the TE 2 buffer unsolicited result codes in the MT when MT TE link is reserved e g in on line data mode and flush them to the TE when MT TE link becomes available otherwise forward them directly to the TE lt bfr gt O0 MT buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is cleared when 2006 BenQ Corporation
11. Command Possible response s 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 53 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ CUSD lt ns lt str gt lt dcs gt CME ERROR lt err gt CUSD CUSD lt n gt CUSD CUSD list of supported lt n gt s Description This command allows control of the Unstructured Supplementary Service Data USSD Both network and mobile initiated operations are supported Parameter lt n gt is used to disable enable the presentation of an unsolicited result code USSD response from the network or network initiated operation CUSD lt m gt lt str gt lt dcs gt to the TE In addition value lt n gt 2 is used to cancel an ongoing USSD session When lt sir gt is given a mobile initiated USSD string or a response USSD string to a network initiated operation is sent to the network The response USSD string from the network is returned in a subsequent unsolicited CUSD result code Test command returns values supported by the TA as a compound value Defined values lt N gt 0 Disable the result code presentation in the TA 1 Enable the result code presentation in the TA 2 Cancel session not applicable to read command response lt str gt string type USSD string when lt str gt parameter is not given network is not interrogated lt dcs gt Cell Broadcast Data Coding Scheme in integer format lt M gt 0 no further user a
12. CMEE CMEE lt n gt CMEE CMEE list of supported lt n gt s Description Set command disables or enables the use of result code CME ERROR lt err gt as an indication of an error relating to the functionality of the ME When enable ME related errors cause CME ERROR lt err gt final result code instead of the regular ERROR final result code ERROR is returned normally when error is related to syntax invalid parameters or TA functionality See Section 2 11 1 for more information Defined values lt n gt 0 Disable CME ERROR lt err gt result code and use ERROR instead 1 Enable CME ERROR lt err gt result code and use numeric lt err gt values 2 Enable CME ERROR lt err gt result code and use verbose lt err gt values Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT CMEE CMEE 0 2 OK AT CMEE CMEE 0 OK AT CMEE 1 OK 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 87 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ AT CMEE CMEE 1 OK 2 1 6 Commands from TIA IS 101 Select mode FCLASS Table FCLASS parameter command syntax Command Return FCLASS lt n gt FCLASS lt n gt FCLASS list of supported lt n gt s Description This command puts the TA into a particular mode of operation data fax voice etc This causes the TA to process information in a manner suitable for that type of information
13. Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT CSTA CSTA 129 145 OK AT CSTA CSTA 129 2006 BenQ Corporation AT Command User Manual Confidential Property 21 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ OK AT CSTA 161 OK AT CSTA CSTA 161 OK AT CSTA 128 OK AT CSTA CSTA 128 OK Call mode CMOD Table CMOD parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CMOD lt mode gt CMOD CMOD lt mode gt CMOD CMOD list of supported lt mode gt s Description Set command selects the call mode of further dialing commands D or for next answering command A Mode can be either single or alternating Test command returns values supported by the TA as a compound value Defined values lt mode gt 0 single mode 1 alternating voice fax teleservice 61 2 alternating voice data bearer service 61 3 voice followed by data bearer service 81 Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS 2006 BenQ Corporation AT Command User Manual Confidential Property 22 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ AT Command AT CMOD CMOD 0 3 OK AT CMOD CMOD 0 OK Hang up call CHUP Table CHUP parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CHUP Description Execution command causes the TA to hang up the current GSM UMTS call of the ME Select bearer service type C
14. 181 Report Received HDLC Frames FHR 182 2 4 3 Service COMMANAS 183 Service Class FCLASS 183 DCE Capabilities Parameter F CC 184 Current Session Parameter F S 185 Current Session Result FCS 186 Local Facsimile Station ID String FLl 186 Local polling ID String FPl 187 Non Standard Frame FIF Octet String FNS 188 Indicate Document to Poll FLP 189 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual Vv Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Request to Poll FSP
15. 208 Model ID FMM 208 Revision ID FMR 209 Flow Control FLO 2 4 4 Examples WinFax Pro 210 DCE Initialization 2n 2no on nnnnnn 210 Send One Page Receive One Page 2nnennnrnnennsnnnennnnnnnnnnnnncnnnennonnnnnoenannanennccneccnennnnnnenncenennnnannnen 211 2 5 GPRS related commandS 213 2 5 1 Define PDP Context CGDCONT 213 2 5 2 Quality of Service Profile Request OGQREQ 215 2 5 3 Quality of Service Profile Minimum acceptable CGQMIN 217 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual vi Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 2 5 4 GPRS attach or detach CGATT 220 2 5 5 PDP context activate or deactivate OGACT 221 2 5 6 Enter data state CGDATA
16. CMS ERROR lt err gt PDU _ is given lt ctrl Z ESC gt Description Execution command stores a message either SMS DELIVER or SMS SUBMIT to memory storage lt mem2 gt Memory location lt index gt of the stored message is returned By default message status will be set to stored unsent but parameter lt stat gt allows also other status values to be given The entering of PDU is done similarly as specified in command Send Message CMGS If writing fails final result code CMS ERROR lt err gt is returned Note SMS COMMANDs and SMS STATUS REPORTs cannot be stored in text mode Informative Examples Reopen 2 3 Commands specified by ITU T Rec V25ter as by GSM Rec 07 07 2 3 1 Generic TA control commands Repeating a command line A If the prefix A or a is received IA5 4 1 2 15 or 6 1 2 15 the DCE shall immediately execute once again the body of the preceding command line No editing is possible and no termination character is necessary A command line may be repeated multiple times 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 125 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ through this mechanism if desired Responses to the repeated command line shall be issued using the parity and format of the original command line and the rate of the A If A is received before any command line has been executed the preceding command line is assumed to have been empty that results in an OK resu
17. Command Possible response s POWEROFF OK OK Description This command is used to power off the module After this command the user has to press the power key to power on the module Defined values Listing the parameters and defining the values Informative examples power off the module AT POWEROFF OK OK 2 6 2 Periodic Signal Quality Report CSQ Table CSQ parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CSQ lt mode gt lt cycle gt OK CSQ lt rssi gt lt ber gt CSQ CSQ list of supported lt mode gt list of supported lt cycle gt Description This command is used to start or stop periodic signal quality report Defined values 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 243 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Listing the parameters and defining the values lt rssi gt received signal strength indication 0 113dBm or less 1 111dBm 2 30 109dBm 53dBm 31 51dBm or greater 99 Not known or not detectable lt ber gt channel bit error rate 99 Unknown or not detectable Mode 0 Stop 1 Start Cycle 1 255 seconds default is 5 seconds Informative examples Start periodic signal quality report for every 10 seconds AT CSQ 1 10 OK CSQ 26 99 After 10 seconds CSQ 29 99 After 10 seconds Stop periodic signal quality report AT CSQ 0 OK 2 6 3 Audio Path AUPATH Table
18. Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT CBST CBST 0 7 12 14 34 36 38 39 43 65 66 68 70 71 75 0 0 3 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 24 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ OK AT CBST CBST 7 0 1 OK Radio link protocol CRLP Table CRLP parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CRLP lt iws gt lt mwss lt T1 gt lt N2 gt CRLP CRLP lt iws gt lt mws gt lt T1 gt lt N2 gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CRLP lt iws gt lt mws gt lt T1 gt lt N2 gt ll CRLP CRLP list of supported lt iws gt s list of supported lt mwsss list of supported lt T1 gt s Description Radio link protocol RLP parameters used when non transparent data calls are originated may be altered with set command Available command subparameters depend on the RLP versions implemented by the device currently only version 1 is supported Read command returns current setting for supported RLP version Test command returns values supported by the TA as a compound value Defined values lt iws gt lt mws gt lt T1 gt lt N2 gt IWF to MS window size MS to IWF window size acknowledgement timer T1 retransmission attempts N2 T1 is in units of 10 ms Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT CRLP CRLP 0 61 0 61 39 255 1 255 OK 2006 BenQ
19. lt typeX gt OK CME ERROR lt err gt Description Set command returns the MSISDN related to the subscriber this information can be stored in the SIM or in the ME If subscriber has different MSISDN for different services each MSISDN is returned in a separate line CR gt lt LF gt Defined values lt number gt string type phone number lt alpha gt string type optional alphanumeric string associated with lt number gt used character set should be the one selected with command Select TE Character Set CSCS 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 32 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ lt type gt integer value 129 National 145 International Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command Power on MS but SIM is not ok AT CPIN CME ERROR 10 AT CNUM CME ERROR 10 _ 2 Power on MS and SIM is ok AT CPIN CPIN READY OK AT CNUM CNUM ABC 0920123456 129 OK 3 Write record AT CPBS ON OK AT CPBW 1 0960530355 WMO OK AT CPBR 1 CPBR 1 0960530355 129 WMOo OK AT CNUM CNUM WMO0 0960530355 129 2006 BenQ Corporation AT Command User Manual 33 Confidential Property Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ OK Network registration CREG Table CREG parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CREG lt n gt CME ERROR lt err gt
20. 0 Determines that T 4 EOL patterns are bit aligned as received Informative examples Image Data Format Conversion FFC Command Possible response s FFC lt vre gt lt dfc gt OK lt Inc gt lt wdc gt ERROR FFC FFC lt vre gt lt dfc gt lt Inc gt lt wdc gt FFC FFC list of supported lt vrc gt lt dfc gt lt Inc gt lt wdc gt s Description This compound parameter determines the DCE response to mismatches between the Phase C data delivered after the FDT command and the data format parameters negotiated for the facsimile session See FCS response 8 4 2 1 and FCS parameter 8 5 1 3 For mismatch checking the DCE depends on the DTE to indicate the data format with embedded lt DLE gt lt format gt character pairs see Table 9 If these format indicators are not provided the DCE shall assume that the format is as negotiated for that session For each subparameter value 0 determines that mismatch checking is disabled and all format codes of this type are ignored Value 1 determines that mismatch checking is enabled with session termination if the format codes do not match the negotiated format reported in FCS responses Other values enable degrees of format conversion Unspecified values are reserved Defined values lt vrc gt 0 Vertical resolution format codes ignored 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 207 Version 1 7 7 20
21. 4 Get information about Display Text pro active command SATI lt CmdType gt lt Prior gt lt Text gt no action expected from SIM 5 Get information about Setup Event List pro active command SATI lt CmdType gt lt Event gt no action expected from SIM 6 Get information about Play Tone pro active command SATI lt CmdType gt lt ToneType gt lt TimeUnit gt lt Timelnterval gt lt TextInfo gt no action expected from SIM 7 Get information about 1 Setup Idle Text pro active command SATI lt CmdType gt lt Textinfo gt no action expected from SIM Defined Values If SSATM 1 CmdType 0 Setup Menu lt Alpha Identifier gt First byte is data coding scheme the other is Alpha identifier of the main menu lt ldx gt 1 255 Menu item index lt counts gt Total Number of items in the main menu lt Alpha idx name gt First byte is data coding scheme the other is Alpha identifier name of items in ASCII lt Help info gt 0 No help information available 1 Help information available lt NextAction gt Contains a pro active command idenifier CmdType 1 Get Input lt KeyType gt 0 Digit 0 9 1 alphabet set 2006 BenQ Corporation AT Command User Manual Confidential Property 298 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ lt Format gt 0 1 lt EchoMode gt 0 1 lt Minsize gt 1 255 lt Maxsize gt 1 255 lt Help i
22. AT Command User Manual Send fax data now When a fax call coming Confidential Property 211 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ OK AT FLl Local ID Local ID is the fax number of SIM card inserted in module OK AT FNR 1 1 1 0 FCR 1 FBO 0 FCC 1 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 OK ATA FCO FT1 Remote ID Remote ID is the fax number of sender FCS 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 OK AT FDR CONNECT lt page data gt Receive fax data now FPS 1 28 0 0 0 FET 2 OK End of fax data AT FDR FHS 00 OK AT OK ATHO OK 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 212 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 2 5 GPRS related commands 2 5 1 Define PDP Context CGDCONT Table CGDCONT parameter command syntax ommand Possible response s CGDCONT lt cid gt lt PDP_type gt lt APN gt lt PDP_addr gt lt d_comp gt lt pdl gt CGDCONT lt cid gt lt PDP_type gt lt APN gt lt PDP_addr gt lt data_comp gt lt head_comp gt lt pd1 gt pdN lt CR gt lt LF gt CGDCONT lt cid gt lt PDP_type gt lt APN gt lt PDP_addr gt lt data_comp gt lt head_comp gt lt pd1 gt pdN E CGDCONT CGDCONT range of supported lt cid gt s lt PDP_type gt list of supported lt d_comp gt s list of supported lt h_comp gt s list of supported lt pdl1 gt s list of supported lt pdN gt s lt CR gt lt LF
23. Command Possible response s if text mode CMGF 1 if text mode CMGF 1 and sending CMGS lt da gt lt toda gt lt CR gt successful text is entered lt ctrl Z ESC gt CMGS lt mr gt lt scts gt if sending fails CMS ERROR lt err gt Description Execution command sends message from a TE to the network SMS SUBMIT Message reference value lt mr gt is returned to the TE on successful message delivery Optionally when CSMS lt service gt value is 1 and network supports lt scts gt is returned Values can be used to identify message upon unsolicited delivery status report result code If sending fails in a network or an ME error final result code CMS ERROR lt err gt is returned This command should be abortable Description Execution command sends message from a TE to the network SMS SUBMIT Message reference value lt mr gt is returned to the TE on successful message delivery Value can be used to identify message upon unsolicited delivery status report result code entered text 3GPP TS 23 040 TP Data Unit is sent to address lt da gt and all current settings refer Set Text Mode Parameters CSMP and Service Centre Address CSCA are used to construct the actual PDU in ME TA the DCD signal shall be in ON state while text is entered the echoing of entered characters back from the TA is controlled by V 25ter echo command E the entered text should be formatted as follows 2006 BenQ
24. Description The DCE may use this compound parameter to make the Copy Quality OK decision in the T 30 flow chart Figure A 7 T 30 If used the DCE shall judge Copy Quality unacceptable if either the percentage of good lines is too low or too many consecutive lines contain errors Bad line counts are reported in the FPS lt blc gt response described in 8 4 3 A value of 0 disables either subparameter for use in copy quality checking Defined values lt pgl gt percentage of good lines 0 unsupported lt cbl gt consucutive bad lines 0 unsupported Informative examples Adaptive Answer FAA Command Possible response s FAA lt value gt OK 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 199 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ ERROR FAA FAA lt value gt FAA FAA list of supported lt value gt s Description The command indicates the capability of switching of service class Defined values lt value gt 0 unsupported Informative examples DTE Phase C Response Timeout FCT Command Possible response s FCT lt value gt OK ERROR FCT FCT lt value gt FCT FCT list of supported lt value gt s Description The command determines how long the DCE will wait for a command after having transmitted all available Phase C data For transmission FDT when this timeout is reached the DCE shall properly terminate
25. M22 M23 M23G AT Command User Guide Version 1 7 7 Date 20 09 2006 2006 BenQ Inc All rights reserved No part of this publication may be reproduced transmitted transcribed stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language or computer language in any form or by any means electronic mechanical magnetic optical chemical manual or otherwise without the prior written permission of BenQ Inc BenQ Contents 1 INTRODUCTION 2 n nnnnnnnen ee nneee ce ennnneeennnee 2 1 1 Introduction to Interface between TE and MS 2 1 2 Initial the Test Environment 5 1 3 How to Handle SMS messages 2 20 0ncennennnnnnennennnnnnennennnen 5 2 IMPLEMENTED AT COMMANDS FOR MS 11 2 1 Commands specified by GSM REC 27 07 2 20 2 2nncnnsennennenn 11 2 1 1 General ComMmMandS 11 Request manufacturer identification OGMl 11 Request model identification CGMM 222 22 15 11 Request revision identification CGMR Request product serial number identification CGSN
26. Reversed The last bit transferred of each octet on the DTE DCE link is the first bit transferred on the GSTN data carrier There are two data types to control Phase C data T 4 or T 6 encoded data or any other type of data e g T 434 BFT transferred during execution of FDT or FDR commands Phase B D data T 30 Phase B and Phase D control messages reported to the DTE in FHT and FHR reports only 8 6 enabled by the FBU parameter 8 5 1 10 T 32 Defined values lt value gt 0 Selects direct bit order for both Phase C data and for Phase B D data 1 Selects reversed bit order for Phase C data and selects direct bit order for Phase B D data 2 Selects direct bit order for Phase C data and selects reversed bit order for Phase B D data 3 Selects reversed bit order for both Phase C data and for Phase B D data Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT FBO 0 OK Phase C Received EOL Alignment FEA Command Possible response s FEA lt value gt OK ERROR FEA FEA lt value gt FEA FEA list of supported lt value gt s Description This parameter enables optional octet alignment of EOL markers in received T 4 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 206 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ data streams It does not apply to T 6 data or to any other form of data e g T 434 BFT Defined values lt value gt
27. This commands controls the mode of DTE DCE flow control Defined values 2006 BenQ Corporation AT Command User Manual Confidential Property 209 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ lt value gt DTE DCE flow control 0 Turn off flow control 1 DC1 DC3 flow control software flow control 2 Circuit 106 133 flow control hardware flow control Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT FLO 2 lt CR gt OK 2 4 4 Examples WinFax Pro DCE Initialization ATEOV1 OK AT amp F amp C1 amp D2S7 55 OK AT FCLASS 2 0 FLO 2 OK ATE0V1 amp D2S0 0S8 2 OK AT FNR 1 1 1 0 FCR 1 FBO 1 FCC 1 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 OK AT FCLASS 0 OK ATE0OV1S0 0 OK Send One Page ATEOV1 OK AT amp F amp C1 amp D2S7 55 OK AT FCLASS 2 0 FLO 2 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 210 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ OK ATE0V1 amp D2S0 0S8 2 OK AT FNR 1 1 1 0 FCOR 1 FBO 1 FCC 1 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 OK ATEOV1M1L1 OK AT FLI Local ID OK Local ID is the fax number of SIM card inserted in module AT FIS 1 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 OK AT FNR 1 1 1 0 OK AT X4DT012345678 OK FCO F1S 1 3 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 AT FDT OK 1012345678 is the fax number of receiver FCS 1 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 CONNECT lt page data gt FHS 00 OK AT FPS FPS 1 AT OK ATHO OK Receive One Page RING RING ATEOV1M1L1 OK AT FCLASS 2 0 2006 BenQ Corporation
28. first Defined values lt index1 gt lt index2 gt integer type value in the range of location numbers of phonebook memory lt number gt string type indicating the phone number of format lt type gt lt type gt integer value indicating type of address octet in integer format lt text gt string type character set specified by command select TE character Set CSCS lt nlength gt integer value indicating the maximum length of field lt number gt lt tlength gt integer value indicating the maximum length of field lt text gt Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command Read the phonebook from index1 to index2 and neglect the blank record AT CPBS SM OK AT CPBR 1 5 CPBR 1 27998800 129 David CPBR 3 27998800 129 JENNY CPBR 5 27998800 129 Davis OK oe 2 Chinese name may appear in phone book SM AT CSCS UCS2 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 83 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ OK AT CPBR 61 70 CPBR 61 0920960846 129 004D00410047 CPBR 62 0928844716 129 54335FB7660E CPBR 63 0928836001 129 92809234 CPBR 69 0128529571 1130 129 0041004C004C0045004E CPBR 70 0935657249 129 0053002D0042004C00410043004B OK 3 Read the phonebook of item index1 AT CPBR 5 CPBR 5 27998800 129 Davis OK Find phonebook entries CPBF Table CPBF paramete
29. lt index gt lt stat gt lt CR gt text is If saving fails entered lt ctrl Z ESC gt CMS ERROR lt err gt Description Execution command stores message SMS SUBMIT to memory storage lt mem2 gt Memory location lt index gt of the stored message is returned By default message status will be set to stored unsent The entering of text is done similarly as specified in command Send Message CMGS Defined values lt stat gt 2 Stored unsent Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command 1 Writing SM in GSM We try to send TEST to number 0921214863 AT CMGF 1 OK AT CSCS GSM OK AT CSMP 17 168 0 0 OK AT CMGW 0921 214863 129 STO UNSENT lt CR gt gt TEST lt ctrl z gt CMGW 12 OK 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 118 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Delete Message CMGD Table CMGD Action Command Syntax text amp PDU Command Possible response s CMGD lt index gt CMS ERROR lt err gt Description Execution command deletes message from preferred message storage lt mem1 gt location lt index gt Informative Examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command Delete Message number 7 AT CMGD 7 delete message OK Send Command CMGC Table CMGC Action Command Syntax text amp PDU Command Possible response s If text mode CMGF 1
30. lt type gt integer value indicating type of address octet in integer format lt text gt lt findtext gt string type character set specified by command select TE character Set CSCS lt nlength gt integer value indicating the maximum length of field lt number gt lt tlength gt integer value indicating the maximum length of field lt text gt Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT CPBS SM OK 33 List all phonebook entries start with DA AT CPBF DA CPBF 1 27998800 129 DAVID CPBF 5 123456 129 dad CPBF 8 222222 129 Davis CPBF 10 99999 129 dAllen OK Write phonebook entry CPBW Table CPBW parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CPBW lt index gt lt numbe CME ERROR lt err gt r gt lt type gt lt text gt CPBW CPBW list of supported lt index gt s lt nlength gt list of supported lt type gt s lt tlength gt CME ERROR lt err gt Description 1 Set command writes phonebook entry in location number lt index gt of phonebook 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 85 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ memory lt storage gt excluding DC LD MC and RC Entry fields written are phone number lt number gt in the format lt type gt and text lt text gt associated with the number If lt
31. 09 2006 BenQ 2 7 Proprietary AT Commands 2 7 1 Call progress information CPI Table Syntax CPI Command Possible response s CPl lt n gt CP I CPI lt n gt CP l CPI list of support lt n gt s Description This command refers to call progress information which is indicated by the network during call establishment The set command enable disables the presentation of unsolicited notification result codes from TA to TE When lt n gt 1 and a call progress information is received during a call establishment intermediate result code CPI lt cld gt lt msgType gt lt ibt gt lt tch gt is sent to TE lt cld gt identifies the call in the call table The value of lt msgType gt describes the layer 3 message type that was used to transfer the call progress information The state of TCH assignment and the use of in band tones for that call can be monitored by the values of lt ibt gt and lt tch gt When lt n gt 2 and a call progress information is received during a call establishment intermediate result code CPI lt cld gt lt msgType gt lt ibt gt lt tch gt lt dir gt lt mode gt lt cli validity gt lt number gt lt ton gt lt alpha gt is sent to TE lt cld gt identifies the call in the call table The value of lt msgType gt describes the layer 3 message type that was used to transfer the call progress information The state of TCH assignment and the us
32. 09 2006 BenQ lt dfc gt 0 Data format format codes ignored lt Inc gt 0 Page length format codes ignored lt wdc gt 0 Page width format codes ignored Informative examples Modem ID FMI Command Possible response s FMI lt manufacturer gt CME ERROR lt err gt Description Read handset or model s manufacturer s ID Same as GMI Defined values lt manufacturer gt total number of characters shall not exceed 2048 Informative examples Model ID FMM Command Possible response s FMM lt model gt CME ERROR lt err gt Description Read model information which determined by ME manufacturer Defined values lt model id gt string type 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 208 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Informative examples Revision ID FMR Command Possible response s FMR lt revision gt CME ERROR lt err gt Description Read revision of ME It may include software and hardware revision Defined values lt revision gt HWv a bc SWv d ef a b c d e f are decimal digits Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT FMR lt CR gt HWv 1 0 SWv 0 04 OK Flow Control FLO Command Possible response s FLO lt value gt OK ERROR FLO FLO lt value gt FLO FLO list of supported lt value gt s Description
33. 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 235 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ The read command returns the status of result code presentation and an integer lt stat gt which shows whether the network has currently indicated the registration of the MT Location information elements lt lac gt and lt ci gt are returned only when lt n gt 2 and MT is registered in the network Defined values lt N gt O disable network registration unsolicited result code 1 enable network registration unsolicited result code CGREG lt stat gt 2 enable network registration and location information unsolicited result code CGREG lt stat gt lt lac gt lt ci gt lt stat gt 0 not registered ME is not currently searching an operator to register to The MS is in GMM state GMM NULL or GMM DEREGISTERED INITIATED The GPRS service is disabled the MS is allowed to attach for GPRS if requested by the user 1 registered home network The MS is in GMM state GMM REGISTERED or GMM ROUTING AREA UPDATING INITIATED INITIATED on the home PLMN 2 not registered but ME is currently trying to attach or searching an operator to register to The MS is in GMM state GMM DEREGISTERED or GMM REGISTERED INITIATED The GPRS service is enabled but an allowable PLMN is currently not available The MS will start a GPRS attach as soon as an allowable PLMN is available 3 registration denied The MS is in GMM state GMM NULL The GPR
34. AT Command User Manual 62 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Informative example Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT COPN COPN 00131 Test Network COPN 546559 Test Net 222 COPN 56231 A1 COPN 56263 A max Get neighbor cells GNC Table GNC parameter command syntax Command Possible response s GNC list of possible lt ncid gt s OK Description This command is used to get the identity of the neighbor cells The maximum number of neighbor cells is up to 6 If any neighbor cell exists lt ncid1 gt lt ncid2 gt OK if there is no any neighbor cell OK lt ncid gt string type two byte cell ID in hexadecimal format Informative example AT GNC 4ecc 3c7d 959f 763a 8a9d 0 OK 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 63 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Automatic Time Zone Update CTZU Table CTZU parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CTZU lt onoff gt CME ERROR lt err gt CTZU CTZU lt onoff gt CME ERROR lt err gt CTZU CTZU list of supported lt onoff gt s CME ERROR lt err gt Description Set command enables and disables automatic time zone update via NITZ If setting fails in an MT error CME ERROR lt err gt is returned Refer subclause 2 11 1 for lt err gt values Read command returns the current settings in the MT Test com
35. BAND CME ERROR lt err gt BAND BAND lt mode gt lt band gt BAND BAND list of supported lt modess list of supported lt band gt s Description This command is used to manage which radio bands are to be scanned Defined Values lt mode gt set the radio band switch mode 0 automatic 1 manual lt band gt is a sum of integers each representing a band 1 GSM 900 2 DCS 1800 4 PCS 1900 8 E GSM 16 GSM 850 Information examples 1 AT BAND 1 15 set MS to scan 900 1800 1900 For modules based products MS will re register to the network automatically 2 7 3 GPRS Attach Detach Mode CGAATT Table Syntax CGAATT 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 278 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Command Possible response s CGAATT lt attach_mod CME ERROR lt err gt e gt lt detach_mode gt CGAATT CGAATT lt attach_mode gt lt detach_mode gt CGAAT T CGAATT list of supported lt attach_modess list of supported lt detach_mode gt s Description This command is used to set GPRS attach and detach mode It does not force MS to attach or detach right away instead this command will take effect after next reboot Note that the setting of AT CGAATT 0 1 and AT CGAATT 1 0 will be stored in the file system and still be valid after power cycle any other combination of setting such as AT CGAATT 0 0 is not stored in the file system Defin
36. Copy quality correction consists of detecting errors and altering the data in some way to guarantee that only valid data according to negotiated parameters is delivered See Table 24 T 32 The methods used for copy quality checking or for correction are not a subject of T 32 The DCE may use the associated T 30 control parameters to condition its Copy Quality Checking behaviour 8 5 2 4 T 32 Common procedures for Copy Quality correction include deletion of bad lines or replacement of bad lines by previous good lines The DCE shall report on Received Copy Quality to the DTE in the page status report FPS lt ppr gt lt Ic gt lt blc gt lt cblc gt lt lbc gt 8 4 3 T 32 and record it in the FPS parameter 8 5 2 2 T 32 Defined values lt rq gt Copy Quality Checking of data received 0 DCE receive copy quality checking is disabled The DCE will generate copy 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 198 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ quality OK MCF responses to complete pages and set FPS 1 lt tq gt Copy Quality Checking of data sent to remote station 0 DCE transmit copy quality checking is disabled The DTE is responsible for T 4 or T 6 compliance Informative examples Receive quality Thresholds FRQ Command Possible response s FRQ lt pgl gt lt cbl gt OK ERROR FRQ FRQ lt pgl gt lt cbl gt FRQ FRQ list of supported lt pgl gt lt cbl gt s
37. Description 305 Defined values 305 Examples 306 2 11 Error Message 2 0 00 enn ennnennennnnnnennenncnnnennennnennenncenaennn 307 2 11 1 Mobile Equipment error result code CME ERROR lt unsolicited gt lt p gt 307 2 11 2 Message Service Failure Result Code CMS ERROR lt unsolicited gt lt p gt 309 2 11 3 Extended Error result code EXT ERROR lt unsolicited gt lt p gt 311 2 11 4 UMTS specific cause values for call control CEER lt unsolicited gt lt p gt 312 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual ix Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ M32 M32A M22 M23 AT Command User Manual Revision History Version Content Author Date 1 0 Official Release Andy T Huang 02 12 2003 1 1 Add VGT VGR CLSL Andy T Huang 24 12 2003 Add AT AUPATH 4 1 ATSAUPATH 5 1 1 2 Merge M32 M32A M22 user manual Jamie CW Wang 06 01 2004 1 3 Add AT WDTMF SRN VCD TRING Jamie CW Wang 09 02 2004 Add
38. FMS lt value gt FMS FMS list of supported lt value gt s Description This optional parameter limits the lowest negotiable speed for a session This parameter is useful for limiting the cost of a transmission by requiring a minimum transmission speed If the facsimile DCE cannot negotiate to a minimum speed it shall perform an orderly disconnect Defined values lt value gt BR subparameter codes The units are the same as those defined for the BR Bit Rate subparameter 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 202 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ defined in 8 5 1 4 T 32 See FCS Informative examples Inactivity Timeout FIT Command Possible response s FlT lt time gt lt action gt OK ERROR FIT FIT lt time gt lt action gt FIT FIT list of supported lt time gt lt action gt s Description A service Class 2 facsimile DCE shall provide an inactivity timer that allows the DCE to break away from an unsuccessful connection attempt at any stage of a facsimile transfer The inactivity timer only works while the DCE is off hook The lt time gt parameter indicates the inactivity timeout in seconds The required timeout is 1 to 255 seconds The value of 0 indicates that timeout is disabled Any values greater than 255 are optional values for the DCE manufacturer The lt action gt parameter has two meanings The inactivity timer starts when the DCE has
39. OK ATD 97 lt CR gt Wait Socket Open OK 220 ProFTPD 1 2 5rc1 Server ftp ntu edu tw ftp ntu edu tw lt Input and return to AT command mode OK CONNECT OK ATH lt CR gt OK NO CARRIER 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 290 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 2 9 STK SIM Application Toolkit 2 9 1 Configuration for SIM application toolkit SATC Table Syntax SATC Command Possible response s SATC lt n gt lt satPril gt SATC SATC lt n gt lt satPril gt SATC SATC list of support lt n gt s prflLen Description This command refers to the SIM application toolkit download mechanism which is used to indicate to the SIM the features that the ME is capable of The different features that are possible for a proactive SIM card are summarized by a table called a profile refer to GSM 11 14 for more details Condat s ACI SMS and SIM modules already implement some of these features Therefore the profile that is indicated by lt satPrfl gt will be combined with the existing one The current profile setting could be displayed using the read command lt n gt is used to enable disable the presentation of unsolicited notification result codes from TA to TE When lt n gt 1 and one of the following conditions have occurred the respective unsolicited result is sent to TE A command received from the SIM that is not handled by ME is
40. Report DCS Frame Information FCS Response Possible command s FCS lt VR gt lt BR gt ATD lt WDs lt LN gt lt DF gt ATA lt EC gt lt BF gt lt ST gt lt JP gt FDT FDR Description FCS lt subparameter string gt reports negotiated parameters Phase C data will be formatted as reported by these subparameters FDT or FDR command execution may generate these responses before the CONNECT result code if new DCS frames are generated or received Defined values lt VR gt Resolution 00 R8 x 3 85 I mm Normal 01 R8 x 7 7 I mm Fine 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 166 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 02 R8 x 15 4 I mm 04 R16 x 15 4 I mm 08 200dpi x 100 1 25 4 mm 10 200dpi x 200 1 25 4 mm 20 200dpi x 400 1 25 4 mm 40 300dpi x 300 1 25 4 mm lt BR gt Bit Rate 0 2400 bit s 1 4800 bit s 2 7200 bit s 3 9600 bit s 4 12000 bit s 5 14400 bit s lt WDs gt Page Width in pixels 0 1728 R8 d mm 3456 R16 d mm 1728 200 dpi 2592 300 dpi 3456 400 dpi 1 2048 R8 d mm 4096 R16 d mm 2048 200 dpi 2 2432 R8 d mm 4864 R16 d mm 2432 200 dpi lt LN gt Page Length 0 A4 297 mm 1 B4 364 mm 2 unlimited length lt DF gt Data Compression 0 1 D Modified Huffman T 4 lt EC gt Error Correction 0 Disable ECM lt BF gt File Transfer 00 Disable file transfer modes lt ST gt Scan Time Line 0 0 ms VR 0 0
41. Table Syntax DR Command Possible response s DR lt value gt 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 159 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ DR Read syntax DR lt current setting gt Read syntax DR Test syntax DR list of supported Test syntax values Description This extended format numeric parameter controls whether or not the extended format DR intermediate result code is transmitted from the DCE to the DTE The DR lt type gt reported shall represent the current negotiated or renegotiated DCE DCE data compression type If enabled the intermediate result code is transmitted at the point after error control negotiation handshaking at which the DCE has determined which data compression technique will be used if any and the direction of operation The format of this result code is the following see Table 27 Table 27 V 25 ter Data compression reporting intermediate result codes DR NONE Data compression is not in use DR V42B Rec V 42 bis is in use in both directions DR V42B RD Rec V 42 bis is in use in receive direction only DR V42B TD Rec V 42 bis is in use in transmit direction only The DR intermediate result code if enabled is issued after the Error Control Report ER and before the final result code e g CONNECT Defined values See Table 28 Table 28 V 25 ter Data compression report
42. The AEC feature is the task to enable disable Speech Enhancement SPENH and to tune the Echo canceller included in the audio path Note that this command has to be used after audio path is configured by ATSAUPATH Defined values Listing the parameters and defining the values lt AEC Value gt 0 1023 The bit field register is shown in the following Hex 2 0 6 Dec 518 Bit number Rule 0 Don t Care 1 1 enable the AEC algorithm 0 disable the AEC algorithm 2 1 enable the SPENH algorithm noise suppression 0 disable the SPENH algorithm noise suppression 00 0 dB 01 6 dB 3 4 Set the additional echo suppression level 10 12 dB 11 18 dB 00 None 01 6 dB 5 6 Set the noise suppression level limitation 10 12 dB 11 18 dB 7 Don t Care 8 Don t Care 9 1 AEC short echo canceller AEC_Mode 0 AEC long echo canceller Table Example of the AEC_value Note that the bit 0 7 and 8 are don t care in the field 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 250 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT AUPATHZE3 1 AUPATH 1 OK Enable AEC with Speech Enhancement algorithm AT AUAEC 518 OK Disable AEC AT AUAEC 516 OK 2 6 8 Audio Downlink FIR AUFIR Table AUFIR parameter command syntax Command Possib
43. are considered part of the call addressing information to be signaled to the network or modifiers used to control the signaling process collectively known as a dial string up to a semicolon character IA5 3 11 or the end of the command line If the dial string is terminated by a semicolon the DCE does not start the call origination procedure as defined for the underlying DCE but instead returns to command state after completion of the signaling of call addressing information to the network Any characters appearing in the dial string that the DCE does not recognize as a valid part of the call addressing information or as a valid modifier shall be ignored This permits characters such as parentheses and hyphens to be included that are typically used in formatting of telephone numbers Abortability The D command may be aborted in the manner described in 5 6 1 If the DCE is connected to the line it disconnects from the line in an orderly manner as required by the state of the connection Aborting the connection by reception of a character is generally possible at any time before the DCE enters online data state but may not be possible during some states of connection establishment such as handshaking The DCE shall issue a final result code which result code to issue shall be determined by the manufacturer and may depend upon the state of the connection at the time the character was received from the DTE If a CONNECT or CONNECT text result
44. lt CmdType gt lt Textinfo gt SS pro active command No action expected from SIM 3 Get information about Send SATN lt CmdType gt lt Textinfo gt USSD pro active command No action expected from SIM 4 Get information about Send SATN lt CmdType gt lt Textinfo gt DTMF _ pro active command No action expected from SIM Defined Values If SSATM 1 CmdType 0 Setup Call lt DialNumber gt Called party number in ACSII format lt TextInfo gt First byte is data coding scheme the other is Text information in ASCII format lt TextInfo2 gt First byte is data coding scheme the other is Text information in ASCII format CmdType 1 Send SMS lt TextInfo gt First byte is data coding scheme the other is Text information in ASCII format 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 296 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ CmdType 2 Send SS lt TextInfo gt CmdType 3 Send USSD lt TextInfo gt CmdType 4 Send DTMF lt TextInfo gt First byte is data coding scheme the other is Text information in ASCII format First byte is data coding scheme the other is Text information in ASCII format First byte is data coding scheme the other is Text information in ASCII format 2 9 6 SAT command response SATI This command response command from the SIM Table Syntax SATI the information display text menu list of a pro active Command Possibl
45. lt subaddr gt lt satype gt lt time gt CCFC CCFC list of supported lt reason gt s Description This command allows control of the call forwarding supplementary service Registration erasure activation deactivation and status query are supported Defined values lt Reason gt 0 Unconditional 1 Mobil busy 2 No Reply 3 Not reachable 4 All call forwarding 5 All conditional call forwarding lt Mode gt 0 Disable 1 Enable 2 Query Status 3 Registration 4 Erasure lt Class x gt integer type sum of bearer service code 1 Voice telephony 2 Data refers to all bearer services with lt mode gt 2 this may refer only to some bearer service if TA does not support values 16 32 64 and 128 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 47 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 4 Fax facsimile services 8 Short message service 16 Data circuit sync 32 Data circuit async 64 Dedicated packet access 128 Dedicated PAD access lt number gt string type forwarding phone number lt type gt type of address octet in integer format default 145 when dialing string includes international access code character otherwise 129 lt subaddr gt string type subaddress of format specified by lt satype gt lt satype gt type of subaddress octet in integer format default 128 lt Time gt 1 30 when no reply is enabled or queried this gives th
46. 0 65535 The ATT coefficient value Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT AUPATHZE3 1 AUPATH 1 OK Set ATT coefficient AT AUATT 20 OK 2 6 14 Audio SMOOTH AUSMOOTH Table AUSMOOTH parameter command syntax Command Possible response s AUSMOOTH lt SMOOT JOK H_value gt AUSMOOTH AUSMOOTH list of supported lt value gt OK AUSMOOTH AUSMOOTH lt SMOOTH value gt OK Description This command is used to configure the SMOOTH coefficient The SMOOTH coefficient uses the ATT number of samples smoothing the far_end_power and 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 257 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ far_end_noise Note that this command has to be used after audio path is configured by ATSAUPATH Defined values Listing the parameters and defining the values lt SMOOTH Values 0 65535 The SMOOTH coefficient value Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT AUPATHZE3 1 AUPATH 1 OK Set SMOOTH coefficient AT AUSMOOTH 9830 OK 2 6 15 Audio LEVELMAX AULEVELMAX Table AULEVELMAX parameter command syntax Command Possible response s AULEVELMAX lt LEVEL OK MAX_value gt AULEVELMAX AULEVELMAX list of supported lt value gt OK AULEVELMAX AULEVELMAX lt LEVELMAX value gt OK Description This command is us
47. 09 2006 BenQ 47 Resources unavailable unspecified 50 Requested facility not subscribed 69 Requested facility not implemented 81 Invalid short message transfer reference value 95 Invalid message unspecified 96 Invalid mandatory information 97 Message type non existent or not implemented 98 Message not compatible with short message protocol state 99 Information element non existent or not implemented 111 Protocol error unspecified 127 Interworking unspecified 128 255 TP Failure Cause TP FCS values according to GSM 03 40 128 Telematic interworking not supported 129 Short message Type 0 not supported 130 Cannot replace short message 143 Unspecified TP PID error 144 Data coding scheme not supported 145 Message class not supported 159 Unspecified TP DCS error 160 Command cannot be actioned 161 Command unsupported 175 Unspecified TP command error either the message type identifier is other than SMS command or the service center address is corrupt 176 TPDU not supported 192 SC busy 193 No SC subscription 194 SC system failure 195 Invalid SME address 196 Destination SME barred 208 SIM SMS storage full 209 No SMS storage capability exceeded 210 Error in MS 211 Memory capacity exceeded 255 Unspecified error cause 300 ME failure 301 SMS service of ME reserved the phone is busy sendin
48. 09 2006 BenQ Data compression reporting DR 159 2 4 Command specified by ITU T Rec 1 32 0 20nnncennennnennenn 162 2 4 1 Action COMMandS 162 Send a page FDT 162 Receive a page FDR Terminate a session FKS 164 Initialize facsimile parameters FIP 165 2 4 2 DCE RESPONSES 165 Facsimile Connection FCO 165 Report DCS Frame Information FCS 166 Report DTS Frame Information FTC Report DIS Frame Information FlS 169 Remote Polling Indication F PO 169 Report Remote ID FTI Report Remote ID FPI
49. 09 2006 BenQ Description The set command is used to set the MT to operate according to the specified GPRS mobile class If the requested class is not supported an ERROR or CME ERROR response is returned Extended error responses are enabled by the CMEE command The read command returns the current GPRS mobile class The test command is used for requesting information on the supported GPRS mobile classes Defined Values lt class gt a string parameter which indicates the GPRS mobile class in descending order of functionality A class A highest B class B C class C in GPRS and circuit switched alternate mode CG class C in GPRS only mode CC class C in circuit switched only mode lowest Other values are reserved and will result in an ERROR response to the set command If the MT is GPRS attached when the set command is issued with a lt class gt CC specified a detach request shall be sent to the network Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command 1 Query CGCLASS Support AT CGCLASS CGCLASS B C CG CC OK 2 Set CGCLASS AT CGCLASS C OK AT CGCLASS CGCLASS CG OK AT CGCLASS CC 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 232 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ OK AT CGCLASS CGCLASS CG OK 2 5 11 Packet Domain event reporting CGEREP Table CGEREP parameter command syntax
50. 2 Initial the Test Environment Initial the HyperTerminal Start HyperTerminal Name a new connection Select the connection port Initial the connection port with 115200 bps and none flow control Initial the MS Put the SIM card into ME and power on the ME Start all of AT Commands with AT CFUN 1 Camp on the cell with AT COPS 0 1 3 How to Handle SMS messages This section gives examples of the AT commands for sending and receiving SMS Short Messages Service messages Whatever the destination of the SMS message the message is always sent via a Service Center SC One of the SC s jobs among others is to forward SMS messages to the destination or save the SMS until the receiving MS becomes available in the GSM network The message can be stored at the SC up to a maximum time period decided by the sender Also the message is time stamped at the SC and its contents are interpreted according to choices made by the sender The conclusion of this is that an SMS message along with other information decided upon by the sender always contains 2 addresses First the Service Center Address SCA and then the destination address Also other useful information is added at the SC Setting Service Center Address SCA The service center address is usually stored on the SIM card but it can be set manually by using the AT command AT CSCA Note that the SCA must be given in the international phone number format Format
51. 2503650000 seconds 7E 07 3F 89 7E Send the second SABM packet to start DLC 1 Answer 92 8 3 F 05 38 38 655179264 0 0000000000 seconds 7E 07 73 FO 7E 7E 01 FF E3 05 07 0D B6 7E 7E 05 sd a EF 41 54 2D 43 6F 6D 6D 61 6E 64 20 49 6E 7465 AT Command Inte 72 70 72 65 74 65 72 20 72 65 61 6479 0D OA DF rpreter ready 8 7E 7E 01 FF E3 05 07 0D B6 7E 7E 01 FF E3 0507 Wa r Vi OD B6 7E 7E 01 FF E3 05 07 0D B6 7E A yi There are sequence responses form the module let s analyze step by step 7E 07 73 F0 7E The ACK of DLC 1 there are two DLC exist now 7E 01 FF E3 05 07 0D B6 7E UIH control frame to DLC 1 with modem status message 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 19 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 7E 05 EF 41 54 2D 43 6F 6D 6D 61 6E 64 20 49 6E 74 6572 70 72 65 74 65 72 20 72 65 61 64 79 OD OA DF 7E UIH information frame to DLC 1 it s a normal information Note that the information field 41 54 2D 43 6F 6D 6D 61 6E 64 20 49 6E 74 6572 70 72 65 74 65 72 20 72 65 61 64 79 OD 0A is the string AT Command Interpreter ready to note the TE This field is quiet different from UIH control frame users should take care about this 7E 01 FF E3 05 07 OD B6 7E UIH control frame to DLC 1 with modem status message retransmit 7E 01 FF E3 05 07 OD B6 7E UIH control frame to DLC 1 with modem status message retransmit As you can see the TE does n
52. 2B 30 39 hexadecimal values if the DCE supports printable T 50 the response is 20 7E If less than 20 characters are specified in a non null string the DCE shall append space characters 2 0 If the specified string is more than 20 characters in length an ERROR result code is generated Defined values Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT FLl Local ID OK Local polling ID String FPI Command Possible response s FPl local polling ID OK string ERROR FPI FPI local polling ID string FPl FPI list of supported characters 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 187 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Description The DCE shall send the corresponding ID frame if FPI is not a null string FPI is used for CIG Table 3 T 30 includes digits 0 9 and space The DCE shall transmit ID string characters to the remote station in reversed time order from the order in the command line For example if the command line AT FPl 1 234 567 8901 lt CR gt is issued the DCE would send a CIG frame with FIF hexadecimal consisting of lt 20 gt lt 20 gt lt 20 gt lt 20 gt lt 20 gt lt 31 gt lt 30 gt lt 39 gt lt 38 gt lt 20 gt lt 37 gt lt 36 gt lt 35 gt lt 20 gt lt 34 gt lt 33 gt lt 32 gt lt 20 gt lt 31 gt lt 2B gt The FPl test command reports the range of character values supported For exa
53. AT UNI2GB GB2UNI Eason Liu 13 02 2004 Add AT GDT modify AT CMGR Ken Chang 03 03 2004 1 4 Add AT AUVAD AUABS AUFIR William Hsieh 25 03 2004 1 5 Add AT HSRT modify UNI2GB GB2UNI Kelvin Chan 02 04 2004 Jamie CW Wang 1 6 0 Add AT AUFIR ATSAUVAD AT AUABS William Hsieh 28 05 2004 AT AUCONTELT AT AUATT AT AUSMOOTH AT AULEVELMAX AT AUFIL ATSAUMUT 1 70 Add AT NOSLEEP Modify AT CIMI GNC Jamie CW Wang 19 07 2004 WDTMF CNUM COPS VTS POWEROFF 1 7 1 Modify CMS ERROR Code Jamie CW Wang 03 08 2004 1 7 2 Modify CIMI CNUM Jamie CW Wang 09 09 2004 1 7 3 Modify AT FCLASS Add M2M and STK Jamie CW Wang 21 06 2004 commands 1 7 4 Add AT CTZU EXGAIN OPBIAS UPFIR Jamie CW Wang 16 08 2005 LVD and SIMTEST Add ME Lock commands Add EXT ERROR result code 1 7 5 Modify AT CMUX and AT CR only for CSD Jamie CW Wang 14 10 2005 data call 1 7 6 Modify AT FLO 1 to AT FLO 2 Jamie CW Wang 02 01 2006 Add CEER information Add to support M23 1 7 7 Add SIMTYPEOPT Yahan Hsieh 20 09 2006 2006 BenQ Corporation AT Command User Manual 1 Confidential Property Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 1 Introduction 1 1 Introduction to Interface between TE and MS In order to communicate each other between TE and MS we must use AT commands Figure 1 1 illustrates the interface In section 2 we will divide the content into ten subsections They are about SIM list management mobili
54. AUPATH parameter command syntax Command Possible response s 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 244 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ AUPATH lt path gt AUPATH 1 lt mode gt OK AUPATH AUPATH list of supported lt path gt list of supported lt mode gt OK AUPATH AUPATH lt Path gt lt Mode gt OK Description This command is used to control audio path There are several combinations of the audio input device and audio output device Defined values Listing the parameters and defining the values Path 0 Main path EARN EARP MICIN MICIP MICBIAS loop Voice input from MIC will output to EAR For test purpose 1 Auxiliary path AUXI AUXOP MICBIAS loop Voice input from AUXI will output to AUXOP For test purpose 2 Auxiliary path AUXI AUXOP MICBIAS speech 3 Main path EARN EARP MICIN MICIP MICBIAS speech 4 EARN EARP AUXOP MICIN MICBIAS on speech 5 AUXOP MICIN MICIP MICBIAS on speech 6 EARN EARP AUXI MICBIAS on speech Mode 0 OFF 1 ON Informative examples open main path and loop not in call AT AUPATHZO 1 AUPATH 1 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 245 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ OK open auxiliary path and loop not in call AT AUPATH 1 1 AUPATH 1 OK open auxiliary path and speech in call AT AUPATH 2 1
55. BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 116 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Send Message from Storage CMSS Table CMSS Action Command Syntax text Command Possible response s if text mode CMGF 1 lf text mode CMGF 1 and sending CMSS lt index gt lt da gt lt successful toda gt CMSS lt mr gt if sending fails CMS ERROR lt err gt Description Execution command sends message with location value lt index gt from preferred message storage lt mem2 gt to the network SMS SUBMIT If new recipient address lt da gt is given for SMS SUBMIT it shall be used instead of the one stored with the message Reference value lt mr gt is returned to the TE on successful message delivery If sending fails in a network or an ME error final result code CMS ERROR lt err gt is returned This command should be abortable Defined values lt index gt integer type lt da gt string type lt toda gt integer type Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT CMGF 1 OK AT CMGW 0921214863 gt TEST1 CMGW 11 OK AT CMSS 11 CMSS 234 OK 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 117 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Write Message to Memory CMGW Table CMGW Action Command Syntax text Command Possible response s if text mode CMGF 1 If saving successful CMGW lt das lt toda gt CMGW
56. CREG CREG lt n gt lt stat gt CME ERRORi lt err gt CREG CREG list of supported lt n gt s Description Set command controls the presentation of an unsolicited result code code CREG lt stat gt when lt n gt 1 or 2 Read command returns the status of result code presentation and an integer lt state gt which shows whether the network has currently indicated the registration of the ME Test command returns a list of supported lt n gt Defined values lt n gt integer value 0 lt default gt Disable network registration unsolicited result code 1 Enable network registration unsolicited result code CREG lt stat gt 2 Enable network registration and location information unsolicited result code CREG lt stat gt lt lac gt lt ci gt lt state gt integer value 0 Not registered ME is not currently searching a new operator to register to NO SERVICE 1 Registered home network 2 Limiting Service not registered but ME is currently searching a new operator to register to 3 Limiting Service registration denied 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 34 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 4 Unknown 5 Registered roaming Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command l AT CREG 0 OK Disable network registration unsolicited result code 2 Enable network registration unsolicited result code AT CREG 1 OK 3 Returns the s
57. Command ATS4 4 0 127 OK ATS4 010 OK Command line editing character S5 Table Syntax S5 Command Possible response s 5 Description This S parameter represents the decimal IA5 value of the character recognized by the DCE as a request to delete from the command line the immediately preceding character 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 135 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ see 5 2 2 Defined values 0 to 127 Set command line editing character to this value Recommended default setting 8 Backspace character BS IA5 0 8 Information examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command ATS5 5 0 127 OK ATS5 008 OK Command echo E Table Syntax E Command Possible response s E lt value gt Description The setting of this parameter determines whether or not the DCE echoes characters received from the DTE during command state and online command state Defined values 0 DCE does not echo characters during command state and online command state 1 DCE echoes characters during command state and online command state Recommended default setting 1 DCE echoes characters during command state and online command state 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 136 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Information examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command ATE1
58. Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 115 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ if lt dcs gt set with CSMP indicates that 3GPP TS 23 038 default alphabet is used and lt fo gt indicates that 3GPP TS 23 040 TP User Data Header Indication is not set if TE character set other than HEX refer command Select TE Character Set CSCS in 3GPP TS 27 007 ME TA converts the entered text into GSM alphabet according to rules of Annex A backspace can be used to delete last character and carriage returns can be used if TE character set is HEX the entered text should consist of two IRA character long hexadecimal numbers which ME TA converts to 7 bit characters of GSM alphabet e g 17 IRA 49 and 55 will be converted to character w GSM 23 if lt dcs gt indicates that 8 bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used or lt fo gt indicates that 3GPP TS 23 040 TP User Data Header Indication is set the entered text should consist of two IRA character long hexadecimal numbers which ME TA converts into 8 bit octet e g two characters 2A IRA 50 and 65 will be converted to an octet with integer value 42 sending can be cancelled by giving lt ESC gt character IRA 27 lt Ctrl Z gt IRA 26 must be used to indicate the ending of the message body Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT CMGF 1 OK AT CMGS OK OK AT CMGS 0921214863 gt TEST CMGS 230 OK OK 2006
59. Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 25 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ AT CRLP CRLP 61 61 48 6 OK Service reporting control CR Table CR parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CR lt mode gt CR CR lt mode gt CR CR list of supported lt mode gt s Description Set command controls whether or not intermediate result code CR lt serv gt is returned from the TA to the TE If enabled the intermediate result code is transmitted at the point during connect negotiation at which the TA has determined which speed and quality of service will be used before any error control or data compression reports are transmitted and before the intermediate result code CONNECT is transmitted Defined values lt mode gt 0 disables reporting 1 enables reporting lt serv gt ASYNC asynchronous transparent SYNC synchronous transparent REL ASYNC asynchronous non transparent REL SYNC synchronous non transparent Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT CR 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 26 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ CR 0 1 OK AT CR CR 0 OK AT CR 1 CR 1 OK Setup a data call ATD024496688 CR REL ASYNC CONNECT Extended error report CEER Table CEER parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CEER CEER lt report gt
60. OK lt Display the response on the HyperTerminal gt ATEO OK command OK Result code suppression Q Table Syntax Q Command Possible response s Q lt value gt Description The setting of this parameter determines whether or not the DCE transmits result codes to the DTE When result codes are being suppressed no portion of any intermediate final or unsolicited result code header result text line terminator or trailer is transmitted Information text transmitted in response to commands is not affected by the setting of this parameter Defined values 0 DCE transmits result codes 1 Result codes are suppressed and not transmitted Recommended default setting 0 DCE transmits result codes Result codes OK If value is 0 none If value is 1 because result codes are suppressed ERROR For unsupported values if previous value was Q0 none For unsupported values if previous value was Q1 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 137 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Information examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command ATQO OK ATQ Q 0 OK ATQ1 ATQ Q 1 none AT CFUN CFUN 1 none DCE response format V Table Syntax V Command Possible response s V lt value gt Description The setting of this parameter determines the contents of the header and trailer transmitted with result codes a
61. Packet Domain requests CGANS may also be used Circuit switched calls are handled as described elsewhere in this specification Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command 1 Query CGAUTO Support AT CGAUTO CGAUTO 0 3 OK 2 Set CGAUTO AT CGAUTO 1 OK 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 228 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ AT CGAUTO CGAUTO 1 OK AT CGAUTO 2 OK AT CGAUTO CGAUTO 2 OK 2 5 9 Manual response to a network request for PDP context activation CGANS Table CGANS action command syntax Command Possible response s CGANS lt response gt OK lt L2P gt lt cid gt ERROR CGANS CGANS list of lt response gt s list of lt L2P gt s Description The execution command requests the MT to respond to a network request for Packet Domain PDP context activation which has been signaled to the TE by the RING or CRING unsolicited result code The lt response gt parameter allows the TE to accept or reject the request If lt response gt is 0 the request is rejected and the MT returns OK to the TE If lt response gt is 1 the following procedure is followed by the MT Commands following the CGANS command in the AT command line shall not be processed by the MT If the lt L2P gt parameter value is unacceptable to the MT the MT shall return an ERROR or CME ERROR response Otherwise the MT issues the
62. Q V S3 S4 Informative Examples 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 126 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command ATZ OK ATZO OK Set to factory defined configuration amp F Table Syntax amp F Command Possible response s amp F Description This command instructs the DCE to set all parameters to default values specified by the manufacturer which may take into consideration hardware configuration switches and other manufacturer defined criteria Defined values 0 set parameters to factory defaults other Reserved for manufacturer proprietary use Result codes OK if value is valid ERROR if value is not recognized or not supported An OK result code for this command is issued using the same rate parity and format as the DTE command line containing the command but using the factory defined values for other parameters that affect the format of result codes e g Q V S3 S4 and dependent upon other commands that may follow on the same command line Informative Examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT amp F 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 127 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ OK AT amp FO OK AT amp F1 ERROR AT amp F2 EXT ERROR Request identification information I Table Syntax 1 Command Possible response s
63. REF lt remaining number gt Error Description This command will return the remaining number of PIN1 PIN2 PUK1 and PUK2 Defined values The parameter must sets the That means we want to query a information Example AT PVRF PVRF 3 2 10 10 2 7 8 SIM Authentication SIMAUTH Table SIMAUTH parameter command syntax Command Possible response s SIMAUTH RAND SIMAUTH lt SRES gt lt KC gt Description This command will calculate SRES and KC based on the given RAND Example AT SIMAUTH 1111111111111111111111111 1abcdef SIMAUTH CDEA40AB 006066D77D71F841 OK 2 7 9 RTC DATE DATE Table DATE parameter command syntax 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 282 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Command Return DATE lt YY MM DD gt DATE DATE lt Year gt lt Month gt lt Day gt DATE DATE YY MM DD Description This command is used to set the date in RTC Defined values lt YY gt The year minus 2000 For example the Year 2003 is the YY 03 It starts from 00 to 99 lt MM gt The month field 1 12 lt DD gt The day field 1 31 Example AT DATE DATE 03 01 01 OK AT DATE 03 10 11 OK AT DATE DATE 03 10 11 OK AT DATE 03 13 33 Out of range ERROR 2 7 10 RTC Time TIME Table TIME parameter command syntax Command
64. RXD if it is different from the rate on circuit 103 TXD 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 148 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Defined values See Table 7 Table 7 V 25 ter Local port rate reporting values lt value Description 0 Disables reporting of local port rate ILRR is not transmitted Enables reporting of local port rate ILRR is transmitted Recommended default setting 0 Information examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT ILRR ILRR 0 1 OK AT ILRR ILRR 0 OK AT ILRR 1 OK AT ILRR ILRR 1 OK 2 3 2 Call Control commands and response Dial D Table Syntax D Command Possible response s D lt dial_string gt 5 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 149 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Description This command instructs the DCE to originate a call This may include several steps depending upon the DCE type such as connecting to the line going off hook waiting for the network to indicate readiness to receive call addressing information wait for dial tone signaling call addressing information to the network dialling the number monitoring the line for call progress signals e g busy and instructing the underlying DCE to start the call origination procedure modulation handshaking All characters appearing on the same command line after the D
65. SIM failure 14 SIM busy 15 SIM wrong 16 Incorrect password 17 SIM PIN2 required 18 SIM PUK2 required 20 Memory full 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 307 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 21 Invalid index 22 Not found 23 Memory failure 24 Text string too long 25 Invalid characters in text string 26 Dial string too long 27 Invalid characters in dial string 30 No network service 31 Network timeout 32 Network not allowed emergency calls only 33 Network busy 34 Network operation failed 35 Network incorrect password 36 PLMN no service 37 Hardware failure 38 ACM Max exceeded 39 FDN not matched 40 Network personalization PIN required 41 Network personalization PUK required 42 Network subset personalization PIN required 43 Network subset personalization PUK required 44 Service provider personalization PIN required 45 Service provider personalization PUK required 46 Corporate personalization PIN required 47 Corporate personalization PUK required 51 Voice memo memory problem 52 Voice dial training fail 53 Voice dial need more sample 54 Voice dial similar sample exist 55 Voice dial recognize fail 56 Voice erase not finished 57 Voice erase finished 58 Voice erase restart 100 Unknown 103 illegal MS 106 illegal ME 107 GPRS service not allowed 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential P
66. This command does not change the setting of FCLASS This command has the same effect as if the DTE had issued individual parameter setting commands Manufacturers may also provide a selection of default profiles chosen by the optional lt value gt If lt value gt is unspecified or 0 the parameters shall be set to those specified in Recommendation T 32 For other lt value gt s the manufacturer determines the profile settings This command may be issued during a session The DCE shall use the new settings at the next time they are sampled for example anew FIS setting would be used the next time the DCE enters Phase B Defined values lt value gt optional default profiles are not support Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT FIP OK 2 4 2 DCE Responses Facsimile Connection FCO Response Possible command s FCO ATD ATA 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 165 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Description The FCO response indicates connection with a Group 3 facsimile station The DCE shall deliver this message to the DTE upon detection of HDLC flags in the first received frame in execution of Originate commands 8 3 1 T 32 or Answer commands 8 3 2 T 32 only Defined values lt value gt optional default profiles are not support Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command ATA FCO
67. Value gt 0 1 The extra gain value Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT AUPATH 3 1 AUPATH 1 OK Set extra gain of specified audio path AT EXGAIN 1 EXGAIN 1 OK 2 6 19 Audio Output Bias OPBIAS Table OPBIAS parameter command syntax Command Possible response s OPBIAS lt value gt OK OPBIAS OPBIAS list of supported lt value gt OK OPBIAS OPBIAS lt Value gt OK Description This command is used to configure the output bias Note that this command has to be used after audio path is configured by ATBAUPATH Defined values Listing the parameters and defining the values 2006 BenQ Corporation AT Command User Manual Confidential Property 262 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ lt Value gt 0 1 The output bias value Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT AUPATH 3 1 AUPATH 1 OK Set output bias of specified audio path AT OPBIAS 1 OPBIAS 1 OK 2 6 20 SIM Ready Notification SRN Table SRN parameter command syntax Command Return SRN lt mode gt SRN SRN lt mode gt SRN SRN lt mode gt Description This command is set to have a ready notification at startup time to denote the finish of reading SMS and phone book from SIM Any abnormal condition such as PIN locked or absence of SI
68. any Phase C data transfer in progress then execute an implied FKS orderly abort command For reception FDR when this timeout is reached the DCE shall send the T 30 DCN response to the remote station and execute an implied orderly abort command Defined values lt value gt 1Eh 30 seconds Informative examples 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 200 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Call Termination Status FHS Command Possible response s FHS FHS lt hsc gt Description This read only parameter indicates the cause of a hangup Table 19 shows the valid values for this parameter as well as the meaning of each value FHS is set by the DCE at the conclusion of a fax session The DCE shall reset this parameter to 0 at the beginning of Phase A Defined values See FHS Informative examples ECM Retry Count FRY Command Possible response s FRY lt value gt OK ERROR FRY FRY lt value gt FRY FRY list of supported lt value gt s Description In Error Correcting Mode the transmitting DCE will try to send a partial page four times These four attempts are called an attempt block If the transmitting DCE is not successful sending an attempt block at a particular signaling rate it must decide if it should i retry the attempt block at the current signaling rate ii retry the attempt block at a lower signaling rate or iii
69. command is used to set duration to clip data on incoming call Defined values lt duration gt duration 500 5000 mSec Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT TRING 1000 lt CR gt OK 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 265 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 2 6 23 Convert UNICODE to GB2312 UNI2GB Table UNI2GB parameter command syntax Command Return UNI2GB UNICODE GB2312 UNI2GB UNI2GB UNICODE Description This command is used to convert Unicode to GB2312 Defined values UNICODE UNICODE UNICODE String Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT UNI2GB 3044 lt CR gt H s UNICODE A4A4 41 s GB2312 OK 2 6 24 Convert GB2312 to UNICODE GB2UNI Table GB2UNI parameter command syntax Command Return GB2UNI GB2312 UNICODE GB2UNI GB2UNI GB2312 Description This command is used to convert GB2312 to Unicode Defined values GB2312 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 266 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ GB2312 GB2312 String Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT GB2UNI A4A4 lt CR gt H s GB2312 3044 h s UNICODE OK 2 6 25 Play a call tone GDT Table GDT parameter command s
70. configured by ATSAUPATH Defined values Listing the parameters and defining the values lt VAD Value gt 0 65535 The VAD coefficient value Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT AUPATHZE3 1 AUPATH 1 OK Set VAD coefficient AT AUVAD 16384 OK 2 6 11 Audio ABS AUABS Table AUABS parameter command syntax Command Possible response s AUABS lt ABS _value gt OK AUABS AUABS list of supported lt value gt OK AUABS AUABS lt ABS value gt OK Description This command is used to configure the ABS coefficient ABS coefficient is an absolute offset value that is related to the current estimated energy The VAD 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 254 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ algorithm finds the right VAD and ABS parameter in order to compensate effect of the FIR on the DL downlink signal Note that this command has to be used after audio path is configured by ATSAUPATH Defined values Listing the parameters and defining the values lt ABS Value gt 0 65535 The ABS coefficient value Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT AUPATHS3 1 AUPATH 1 OK Set ABS coefficient AT AUABS 16384 OK 2 6 12 Audio CONTFLT AUCONTFLT Table AUCONTFLT parameter command syntax Command Possible response s AUCONTFEL
71. default values on DCE initialization on FIP command execution and at the end of a session The contents of FCS are spontaneously reported during execution of FDR or FDT commands by the FCS VR BR WD LN DF EC BF ST JP response using the same compound parameter format Defined values See FCS Informative examples Local Facsimile Station ID String FLI Command Possible response s FLI local ID string OK ERROR FLI FLI local ID string 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 186 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ FLI FLI list of supported characters Description The DCE shall send the corresponding ID frame if FLI is not a null string FLI is used for CSI or TSI Table 3 T 30 includes digits 0 9 and space The DCE shall transmit ID string characters to the remote station in reversed time order from the order in the command line For example if the command line AT FLI 1 234 567 8901 lt CR gt is issued the DCE would send a CSI or TSI frame with FIF hexadecimal consisting of lt 20 gt lt 20 gt lt 20 gt lt 20 gt lt 20 gt lt 31 gt lt 30 gt lt 39 gt lt 38 gt lt 20 gt lt 37 gt lt 36 gt lt 35 gt lt 20 gt lt 34 gt lt 33 gt lt 32 gt lt 20 gt lt 31 gt lt 2B gt The FLI test command reports the range of character values supported For example if the DCE supports use of Table 3 T 30 only the response to a FLI command is 20
72. detect the SIM card Defined values Listing the parameters and defining the values Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command ATS SIMTEST SIMTEST 1 A SIM card is detected 2006 BenQ Corporation AT Command User Manual Confidential Property 285 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 lt CEA FEAE TAk A FEAE RAE 3H FEIA BenQ OK AT SIMTEST SIMTEST 0 No SIM card is detected OK 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 286 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 2 8 M2M Machine to Machine M2M Machine to Machine is a new feature in BenQ GPRS module Device can connect to a TCP UDP server on Internet over GPRS The device connects to BenQ module with UART After the device dials up a GPRS call our module will setup a GPRS connection and opens TCP UDP socket to the specified remote server When connection success the UART channel gets into data mode Then device can sends raw data to remote server over the GPRS and Internet networks 2 8 1 PCO string for context activation CGPCO Table CGPCO parameter command syntax Command Possible Response s CGPCO lt format gt PAP lt Userld gt OK lt Passwd gt lt cid gt ERROR Description This command set the PCO for context activation Defined Values lt format gt 0 f
73. discontinue trying to send the partial page i The transmitting DCE may continue to retry the attempt block at a particular signaling rate up to FRY times If the FRY parameter is zero the partial page cannot be resent at the current signaling rate ii The transmitting DCE may select a lower signaling rate subject to the FMS 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 201 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ parameter and send the partial page at the new lower signaling rate iii The transmitting DCE can only discontinue sending the partial page once FRY attempt block retries have been made at the lowest permissible signaling rate as defined by the FMS command If the DCE fails to deliver the partial page it shall send a DCN to the remote device issue FHS to the DTE and disconnect in accordance with Recommendation T 30 If ECM is not required for a particular facsimile transfer the DCE may alternatively send an EOR to the receiving station and return an ERROR result code for the FDT command This allows the DCE to retry up to FRY attempt blocks at each signaling rate and ensures FRY attempt block retries at the lowest signaling rate specified in the FMS parameter Defined values lt value gt 0 Partial page cannot be resent at current signaling rate Informative examples Minimum Phase C Speed FMS Command Possible response s FMS lt value gt OK ERROR FMS
74. flow control IF C 146 DTE DCE local rate reporting ILRR 148 2 3 2 Call Control commands and response 149 Dial D ee 149 Wait for dial tone W 22 n 2m1 mmie 152 Select tone dialling dial modifier T 5 mmmn 152 Select pulse dialing dial modifier P 153 Answer A 154 Hook control H 155 Automatic answer SO 156 Monitor speaker loudness L 157 2 3 3 Data Compression COMMANAS 158 Data compression DS 158 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual iv Version 1 7 7 20
75. fo gt lt vp gt lt pid gt and lt dcs gt nor lt length gt lt toda gt or lt tooa gt in CMT CMGL CMGR result codes for SMS DELIVERs and SMS SUBMITs in text mode for SMS COMMANDs in CMGR result code do not show lt pid gt lt mn gt lt da gt lt toda gt lt length gt or lt cdata gt 1 show the values in result codes Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command 1 Set command AT CSDH 1 OK 2 Read command AT CSDH CSDH 1 OK 3 Test command 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 103 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ AT CSDH CSDH 0 1 OK Select Cell Broadcast Message Types CSCB Table CSCB parameter command syntax text amp PDU Command Possible response s CSCB kmode gt lt mids gt lt dcss gt CSCB CSCB lt mode gt lt mids gt lt dcss gt CSCB CSCB list of supported lt mode gt s Description Set command selects which types of CBMs are to be received by the ME Test command returns supported modes as a compound value If lt mids gt or lt dcss gt set empty string there is no action on lt mids gt or lt dcss gt Defined values lt mode gt 0 message types specified in lt mids gt and lt dcss gt are accepted 1 message types specified in lt mids gt and lt dcss gt are not accepted lt mids gt string type all different possible combinations of CBM mes
76. generated Defined values Informative examples 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 195 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Procedure Interrupt Enable FIE Command Possible response s FIE lt value gt OK ERROR FIE FIE lt value gt FIE FIE list of supported lt value gt s Description The command decides the operation upon receipt of Procedure Interrupt Requests from remote station For transmission FDT Procedure Interrupt Requests from the remote station are not reported directly only the FVO response is reported For reception FDR Procedure Interrupt Requests from the remote station are reported in the FET response The value stored in the FPS parameter will be adjusted to values 4 or 5 If the DTE issues a subSequent FDR command with the FPS value intact the DCE will complete the negotiation and issue a FVO response Defined values lt value gt 0 Procedure Interrupt Requests from the remote station are ignored and not reported to the DTE For the FET response 8 4 4 1 PRI Q reports will be replaced by non PRI equivalents 1 Procedure Interrupt Requests from the remote station are accepted negotiated and reported using the FVO response 8 4 4 2 Informative examples Page Status FPS Command Possible response s FPS lt ppr gt OK ERROR 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User
77. home units for both the current and preceding calls SIM PIN2 is usually required to reset the value Defined values lt passwads string type SIM PIN2 lt acm gt string type Informative example Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT CACM CACM 000000 OK Accumulated call meter maximum CAMM Table CAMM parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CAMM lt passed gt CME ERROR lt err gt CAMM CAMM lt acm gt CME ERROR lt err gt Description Set command sets the Advice of Charge related accumulated call meter maximum value in SIM card or in the active application in the UICC file EFacmmax ACMmax contains the maximum number oh home units allowed to be consumed by the subscriber 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 76 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Defined values lt acmmaxs gt string type lt passed gt string type SIM PIN2 Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT CAMM CAMM 000000 OK Price per unit and currency table CPUC Table CPUC parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CPUC lt currency gt CME ERROR lt err gt lt ppu gt lt passed gt CPUC CPUC lt currency gt lt ppu gt CME ERROR lt err gt Description Set command sets the parameters of Advice of Charge related price per unit and currency tabl
78. index gt is left out but lt number gt is given entry is written to the first free location in the phonebook the implementation of this feature is manufacturer specific If the fields except for lt index gt are omitted phonebook storage entry will be deleted If writing fails in an ME error CME ERROR lt err gt is returned Defined values lt index gt integer type values in the range of location numbers of phonebook memory lt number gt string type phone number lt type gt type of address octet in integer format lt text gt lt findtext gt string type character set specified by command select TE character Set CSCS lt nlength gt integer value indicating the maximum length of field lt number gt lt tlength gt integer value indicating the maximum length of field lt text gt Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command 1 AND given lt index gt PC will check if FDN is disabled in advance AT CSCS CSCS IRA AT CPBW 1 27998800 129 DAVID OK 2 AND but lt index gt is left out PC will check if FDN is disabled in advance AT CPBW2s 27998800 129 DAVID OK 3 Deleting entry AT CPBW 1 OK 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 86 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Report Mobile Equipment error CMEE Table CMEE parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CMEE lt ns gt
79. indicator TP VPF validity period format TP SRR status report request flag TP UDHI user data header indicator flag TP RP reply path setting flag 00 This octet is only associated with the 8 bit field TP MR and is basically a message reference number which can be chosen by the user Here we set the message reference number to zero OOHEX 0B916407861582F5 This is the destination address TP DA The format of the address field is given in detail in 3GPP 23 040 It is similar to the format of the SCA but now it refers to the phone number of the receiving MS The first octet 0B is a phone number length indicator In this case the phone number of the destination MS consists of 11 digits The second octet 91 is the numbering plan and type of number of the coming address The address is in international phone number format Then follows the mobile number with every pair of digits in reverse order and because we have an odd number of digits a half octet of fill bits are required hence the F5HEX 00 This is the protocol ID TP PID which refers to a possible higher level protocol being used or indicates inter working with certain types of telematic devices This can usually be left set to zero 00 This is the data coding scheme field TP DCS that is described in detail in 3GPP 23 038 Basically this octet tells us what kind of user data is being sent For instance if we are using a 7 bit or 8 bit alphabet or we are sending 8
80. ms VR gt 0 1 5 ms VR 0 5 ms VR gt 0 2 10 ms VR 0 5 ms VR gt 0 3 10 ms VR 0 10 ms VR gt 0 4 20 ms VR 0 10 ms VR gt 0 5 20 ms VR 0 20 ms VR gt 0 6 40 ms VR 0 20 ms VR gt 0 7 40 ms VR 0 40 ms VR gt 0 Se DTS TS TIS Ds CW 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 167 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ lt JP gt JPEG for colour and B amp W 00 Disable JPEG coding Notes 1 For subparameter VR values 00 01 02 04 08 10 20 and 40 hexadecimal indicate a single choice they are the only values allowed in the FCS parameter and FCS report All other values which are sums of these values shall only be used to indicate multiple capabilities these are allowed in FIS and FCC parameters For example value 07 01 02 04 would indicate capability for all metric based resolutions Values higher than 7Fh are reserved for future study 2 Recommendation T 30 does not provide for the answering station to specify all speeds exactly using the DIS frame Implementation of some BR codes e g code 2 by an answering DCE is manufacturer specific Values higher than 5 are reserved for future modulations 3 For subparameter BF values 00 01 02 04 08 10 20 and 40 hexadecimal indicate a single choice they are the only values allowed in the FCS parameter and FCS report All other values which are sums of these values shall only be used to indicate multiple capabilities thes
81. n c nnnnncnncenccncn nena ncnnneennnnnnnnntnnnnnnnananmannns 79 List all available AT commands CLAC 20 20 20 0 onnn neon nnn cnc c nnn amman 80 2 1 5 Commands related with phonebook service 81 Select phonebook memory storage CPBS 81 Read phonebook entries CPBR nnnnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnwnnnnnnnnnnnnennnenncennncnenccnnccnnan 82 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual ij Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Find phonebook entries CPBF 84 Write phonebook entry CPBW 85 Report Mobile Equipment error CMEE 87 2 1 6 Commands from TIA IS 101 88 Select mode FCLASS 88 DTMF and tone generation VTS 89 Play DTMF tone WDTMF
82. or deactivate CGACT Table CGACT action command syntax Command Possible Response s CGACT lt state gt lt cid gt lt c OK id gt J ERROR CGACT CGACT lt cid gt lt state gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CGACT lt cid gt lt state gt CGACT CGACT list of supported Description The execution command is used to activate or deactivate the specified PDP context s After the command has completed the MT remains in V 25ter command state If any PDP 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 221 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ context is already in the requested state the state for that context remains unchanged If the requested state for any specified context cannot be achieved an ERROR or CME ERROR response is returned Extended error responses are enabled by the CMEE command If the MT is not PS attached when the activation form of the command is executed the MT first performs a PS attach and them attempts to activate the specified contexts If the attach fails then the MT responds with ERROR or if extended error responses are enabled with the appropriate failure to attach error message If no lt cid gt s are specified the activation form of the command activates all defined contexts If no lt cid gt s are specified the deactivation form of the command deactivates all active contexts An active secondary context can exist if and only if the correspondin
83. phone number of calling address in format specified by lt type gt lt Type gt type of address octet in integer format lt Alpha gt optional string type alphanumeric representation of lt number gt corresponding to the entry found in phonebook lt CLI validity gt 0 CLI valid 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 50 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 1 CLI has been withheld by the originator 2 CLI is not available due to interworking problems or limitations of originating network Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command 1 ACTIVATION AT CCWAS0 1 OK 2 DEAACTIVATION AT CCWA 0 0 OK AT CCWA 1 ATD0952123456 OK Another call is coming CCWA 161 1 1 ao INTERROGATION AT CCWAS 0 2 Case 1 if the call waiting is active echo CCWA 1 1 Case 2 if operation success and call waiting is not active echo CCWA 0 1 Case 3 if operation success and network not support echo ERROR Short string procedure AT CHLD Table CHLD parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CHLD lt n gt CME ERROR lt err gt 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 51 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ CHLD CHLD list of supported lt n gt s Description This command allows the control of the following call related services acall can be temporarily disconnected from the M
84. provisioned 1 CLIR provisioned 2 Unknown e g no network etc 3 CLIR temporary mode presentation restricted 4 CLIR temporary mode presentation allowed Note Temporary mode in make call request ATD 31 lt phone num gt CLIR suppression the called party will receive the calling number ATD 31 lt phone num gt CLIR invocation the called party will not receive the calling number Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command 1 DEACTIVATE 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 43 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ AT CLIR 2 OK After the suppression of CLIR the called party will receive the calling subscriber s phone number 2 ACTIVATE AT CLIR 1 OK After invocation of the CLIR the called party will not receive the calling subscriber s phone number 3 INTERROGATION AT CLIR CLIR 0 4 OK It means the current setting is according to the subscription of the CLIR service And the service status in the network is Temporary mode presentation allowed Connected line identification presentation COLP Table COLP parameter command syntax Command Possible response s COLP lt n gt COLP COLP lt n gt lt m gt COLP COLP list of supported lt n gt s Description This command enables a calling subscriber to get the connected line identity COL of the called party after setting up a mobile originated c
85. sets tone frequency in Hz mandatory if lt isEnable gt 1 The range is between 1 500Hz to 255 500Hz lt duration gt 100 5000 This parameter sets the tone duration unit of ms Example AT CLSL 1 OK 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 280 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ AT CLSL 0 OK 2 7 6 Play Tone on Speaker CSSL Table CSSL parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CSSL lt isEnable gt lt gain gt lt fr OK ERROR eq gt lt duration gt Description This command allows a tone to be played on current speaker Frequency gain and duration can be set Defined values lt isEnable gt 0 Stop playing 1 Play a tone lt gain gt 0 49 This parameter sets the tone gain The value means that 0 49 db The default value is 1 lt freq gt 1 2000 This parameter sets tone frequency in Hz mandatory if lt isEnable gt 1 The range is between 1Hz to 2000Hz lt duration gt 100 5000 This parameter sets the tone duration unit of 100 ms When this parameter is 0 default value the duration is infinite and the tone can be stopped by AT CSSL 0 Example AT CSSL 1 OK AT CSSL 0 OK 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 281 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 2 7 7 Get PIN1 PIN2 PUK1 PUK2 remaining number PVRF Table PVRF parameter command syntax Command Possible response s PV
86. shall use while accepting DTE commands and while transmitting information text and result code if this is not automatically determined IPR 0 forces ICF O see IPR 6 2 10 Note that the definition of fixed character format for OnLine Data State is for further study format determines the number of bits in the data bits the presence of a parity bit and the number of stop bits in the start stop frame lt parity gt determines how the parity bit is generated and checked if present Defined values See Table 5 Table 5 V 25 ter Character format values lt format gt Valid numeric values 8 Data 1 Parity 1 Stop 7 Data Parity 1 Stop 7 Data 1 Stop lt parity gt Defined numeric values Recommended default setting For lt format gt 3 For lt parity gt 3 Information examples 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 145 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT ICF ICF 1 6 0 3 OK AT ICF ICF 3 OK AT ICF 1 OK AT ICF ICF 1 OK DTE DCE local flow control IFC Table Syntax IFC Command Possible response s IFC DCE_by DTE DTE by DCE IFC Read syntax IFC DCE_by_DTE DT Read Syntax E by DCE IFC Test syntax IFC list of supported Test syntax DCE_by_DTE values list of supported DTE_by DCE values Description This extended format c
87. taken some action that requires DTE response If the DTE does respond the DCE shall reset the inactivity timer Tables 25 and 26 define these sets of events Defined values lt time gt inactivity timeout lt action gt 0 Upon timeout the DCE shall go on hook executing an implied ATH command then reset to FCLASS 0 if FCLASS 0 is supported by the DCE 1 Upon timeout the DCE shall only go on hook This feature is used to detect possible system failure when either no line or DTE activity has occurred for a minimum amount of time Informative examples 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 203 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Minimum Phase C Speed FMS Command Possible response s FMS lt value gt OK ERROR FMS FMS lt value gt FMS FMS list of supported lt value gt s Description This optional parameter limits the lowest negotiable speed for a session This parameter is useful for limiting the cost of a transmission by requiring a minimum transmission speed If the facsimile DCE cannot negotiate to a minimum speed it shall perform an orderly disconnect Defined values lt value gt BR subparameter codes The units are the same as those defined for the BR Bit Rate subparameter defined in 8 5 1 4 T 32 See FCS Informative examples Report Buffer Size FBS Command Possible response s FBS FBS lt tbs gt lt rbs gt De
88. the SIM Defined values lt indexn gt integer type the order number of operator in the SIM USIM preferred operator list lt format gt 0 Long format alphanumeric lt oper gt 1 Short format alphanumeric lt oper gt 2 Numeric lt oper gt lt opern gt string type lt format gt indicates if the format is alphanumeric or numeric Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT CPOL CPOL 1 8 0 2 OK AT CPOL CPOL 1 2 46697 OK 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 60 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ List current calls CLCC Table CLCC parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CLCC CLCC lt id1 gt lt dir gt lt state gt lt mode gt lt mpty gt lt number gt lt type gt lt alpha gt CLCC 0 Description Returns list of current calls of ME If command succeeds but no calls are available no information response is sent to TE Defined values lt Id gt call id which is a digit from 1 to 7 lt Dir gt integer type 0 Mobile originated MO call 1 Mobile terminated MT call lt State gt state of the call 0 Active Held Dialing MO call Alerting MO call Incoming Mt call Waiting MT call ark WD lt Mode gt bearer teleservice 0 Voice Data Fax Voice followed by data voice mode Alternating voice data voice mode Alternating voice fax voice mode Voice f
89. the name of the operator and numeric format representation of the operator Any of the formats may be unavailable and should then be an empty field The list of operators shall be in order home network networks referenced in SIM and other networks In addition after the operator list TA returns lists of supported lt mode gt s and lt format gt s delimited from the operator list by two commas Defined values lt mode gt integer value 0 Auto selection 1 Manual selection 3 Set only lt format gt don t attempt registratio lt oper gt shall be omitted 4 Manual automatic lt oper gt fields shall be present if manual selection fails automatical mode lt mode gt 0 is entered lt format gt integer value 0 Long format alphanumeric lt oper gt 1 Short format alphanumeric lt oper gt 2 Numeric lt oper gt 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 36 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ lt oper gt string type numeric format is the GSM Location Area Identification number which consists of a three BCD digit country code coded as in ITU T E 212 Annex A 10 plus a two BCD digit network code which is administration specific returned lt oper gt shall not be in BCD format but in IRA characters converted from BCD hence the number has structure country code digit3 country code digit2 country code digit1 network code digit2 network code digit1 lt state gt integer value 0 Unknow
90. to commence data transfer it shall issue a CONNECT response code After the DTE receives the CONNECT response and the DTE is ready to accept data it shall issue a lt DC2 gt character T 50 1 2 to the DCE From the FDR command until the end of Phase C Data the DCE is in a data transfer state and shall not respond to DTE command lines The DCE shall respond to four T 50 control characters lt DC1 gt 1 1 and lt DC3 gt 1 3 flow control characters lt CAN gt 1 8 8 3 4 6 T 32 and to lt gt 3 15 8 3 4 7 T 32 all other characters are discarded When the DCE delivers the last octet of a page indicated by the lt DLE gt lt ETX gt stream termination sequence the DCE shall report the Page Status via the FPS lt ppr gt response described in 8 4 3 The Page Status is also stored in the FPS parameter 8 5 2 2 T 32 The lt ppr gt response codes are described in Table 18 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 163 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ After a Page Status report the DCE shall report the post page message from the remote facsimile station via the FET lt ppm gt response 8 4 4 1 T 32 which signals the intentions of the remote station lt ppm gt response codes are described in Table 19 The DCE shall use the lt ppr gt code stored in the FPS parameter to determine the Post Page response to the remote facsimile station The DTE may modify the FPS parameter before issuing the F
91. which the uplink audio microphone signal is be filtered Note that this command has to be used after audio path is configured by ATSAUPATH 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 252 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Defined values Listing the parameters and defining the values lt Value 0 gt lt Value 1 gt lt Value 30 gt 0 65535 The FIR coefficient value Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT AUPATHS3 1 AUPATH 1 OK Set FIR coefficient AT UPFIR 65514 65424 65381 65389 65399 194 713 593 444 1416 1206 65526 1481 4031 63490 16384 63490 4031 1481 65526 1206 1416 444 593 713 194 65399 65389 65381 65424 65514 OK 2 6 10 Audio VAD AUVAD Table AUVAD parameter command syntax Command Possible response s AUVAD lt VAD_value gt OK AUVAD AUVAD list of supported lt value gt OK AUVAD AUVAD lt VAD value gt OK Description This command is used to configure the VAD voice activity detector coefficient VAD in the AEC algorithm is a simple algorithm based on energy computation with a memory effect on the far end signal This VAD coefficient is a factor that is 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 253 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ related to the current estimated energy Note that this command has to be used after audio path is
92. 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ This reports the HDLC data that was sent by the DCE The DCE may be commanded to report the T 30 Phase B and Phase D HDLC control frames as they are sent and received This service supports session diagnostics and debugging DTE software This service is enabled by the FBU parameter described in 8 5 1 10 This facility does not apply to ECM Phase C data frames These messages are not generated in direct execution of DTE action commands they are generated whenever the reported frame is sent or received for each frame Therefore the DTE should not attempt to change serial port rate or parity with FBU set and DTE commands shall not be echoed The data shall be reported with each T 30 command separated by lt CR gt lt LF gt The frame octets will be represented in hex notation and separated by spaces The DCE shall delete HDLC Flags and FCS octets Frame octets are reported in the order sent or received Defined values Informative examples Report Received HDLC Frames FHR Response Possible command s FHR lt transmitted HDLC frame octets gt Description This reports the HDLC data that was received by the DCE The DCE may be commanded to report the T 30 Phase B and Phase D HDLC control frames as they are sent and received This service supports session diagnostics and debugging DTE software This service is enabled by the FBU parameter described in 8 5 1 10 This facility
93. 190 Capability to Receive FCR 190 HDLC Frame Reporting FBU 191 Negotiation Reporting FNR 192 Address and Polling Capabilities FAP 193 Address and Polling Frames Subaddress FSA 193 Address and Polling Frames Polling Address FPA 194 Address and Polling Frames Password FPW 195 Procedure Interrupt Enable FIE 196 Page Status FPS 196 Copy Quality Checking FCQ 198 Receive quality Thresholds FRQ 199 Adaptive Answer FAA 199
94. 28 lt data gt information which shall be written to the SIM hexadecimal character format refer CSCS lt sw1 gt lt Sw2 gt integer type information from the SIM about the execution of the actual command These parameters are delivered to the TE in both cases on successful or failed execution of the command lt response gt response of a successful completion of the command previously issued hexadecimal character format refer CSCS STATUS and GET RESPONSE return data which gives information about the current elementary datafield This information includes the type of file and its size refer GSM 51 011 28 After READ BINARY or READ RECORD command the requested data will be returned lt response gt is not returned after a successful UPDATE BINARY or UPDATE RECORD command Informative example Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT CRSM 192 12258 0 0 255 CRSM 103 15 OK Get SIM Card Identification number ICCID AT CRSM 176 12258 0 0 10 CRSM 144 0 9888961 2040053576639 OK And then the ICCID is 8988692 1400035756693 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 72 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Ringer sound level and ringer type select CRSL Table CRSL parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CRSL lt level gt CME ERROR lt err gt CRSL CRSL lt level gt CRSL CRSL list of supported lt level g
95. 3 Audio Path AUPATH 244 2 6 4 Audio Gain AUGAIN 246 2 6 5 Audio Mute AUMUTE 247 2 6 6 Audio Volume AUVOL 248 2 6 7 Audio AEC AUAEC 249 2 6 8 Audio Downlink FIR AUFIR 251 2 6 9 Audio Uplink FIR UPFIR seraient a iaia e aa i i 252 2 6 10 Audio VAD AUVAD e enep a e e eee eeni Ea e EAEE eiai 253 2 6 11 Audio ABS SAUAB Sree Seea aea a E eenennenennn 254 2 6 12 Audio CONTFLT AUGONTELT iehi enee aea Eaa 255 2 6 13 Audio AUATT AVATTA a e a aa 256 2 6 14 Audio SMOOTH AUSMOOTH 257 2 6 15 Audio LEVELMAX AULEV ELMAK iremos anina eiiiai 258 2 6 16 Audio FIL SAUF ILe eee a eaaa aa aTa 259 2 6 17 Audio MUT AUMUT Hertie aaee aaeeea e ae e a Ea Ea 260 2 6 18 Audio Extra Gain EXGAIN 261 2 6 19 Audio Output Bias OPBIAS 262 2 6 20 SIM Ready Notification SRN
96. 30 defines these frames for values of digits 0 9 space and characters only The DCE shall transmit digit string characters to the remote station in reversed time order from the order in the command line 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 194 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ If less than 20 characters are specified in a non null string the DCE shall append space characters 2 0 If the specified string is more than 20 characters in length an ERROR result code is generated Defined values Informative examples Address and Polling Frames Password FPW Command Possible response s FPW lt password OK string gt ERROR FPW FPA lt password string gt FPW FPA list of supported characters Description The DCE shall send the numeric string contained in FPW at the times specified in Recommendation T 30 if the corresponding parameter is not a null string The FPW parameter is used for the PWD frame sent with either DTC or with DCS Recommendation T 30 defines these frames for values of digits 0 9 space and characters only The DCE shall transmit digit string characters to the remote station in reversed time order from the order in the command line If less than 20 characters are specified in a non null string the DCE shall append space characters 2 0 If the specified string is more than 20 characters in length an ERROR result code is
97. 7BB1 lt Menu pag SATI 3 10 10 0 0 0 805BA2670D5C087DDA lt Menu ZIRE AR at satr 3 1 1 lt select menu id 1 OK SATI 3 0 80884C52D55B5751 78 SATI 3 1 6 0 0 0 8082F16F225B5751 78 lt Menu X yH SATI 3 2 6 0 0 0 806F2282F15B575178 lt Menu E kH SATI 3 3 6 0 0 0 80540C7FA95B57 lt Menu HAF SATI 3 4 6 0 0 0 8053CD7FA95B57 lt Menu RRF SATI 3 5 6 0 0 0 806BCF65E54E005B57 lt Menu 3 2 SATI 3 6 6 0 0 0 806BCF65E54E0053E5 lt Menu f H 4J at satr 3 1 1 lt select menu id 1 OK 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 302 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ SATI 1 1 0 1 1 100 0 8F38516582F 16587 lt get input command IHA Sec at satr 1 1 hello lt put input command 3 hello OK SATN 1 80865574064E2D002C8ACB7B495019 lt send message notification pZ TR 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 303 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 2 10 ME Lock ME Mock is only support in some model Please check the release note for the status 2 10 1 Read Write Personalization file To prevent unauthorized attempts to read write ME personalization file some security mechanism are used The ME personalization file can only be accessed by specific AT command from external equipment Besides to provide further sec
98. 9 16407950303F 100008921 222140140004D4E2940A CMGL 2 1 26 07916407058099F9040B9 16407950303F 1 0000892 122216000000841E190583411E91 CMGL 3 1 27 07916407058099F9040B9 16407950303F 1000089212221 7064000941E19058341E9149 OK Deleting SMS messages To delete an SMS message from the selected lt mem1 gt use the AT CMGD command Example 1 AT CMGD 1 OK 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 9 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Memory management Once both SM are full then the module will receive no new messages and SMS messages will be buffered in the Service Center until the following happens The validity period of the message expires The validity period is set by TP VP A message is deleted by using AT CMGD An empty memory position becomes available and the module can receive a new message There are other ways to control the storage of SMS messages In the TPDU field TP DCS one can set the class of the SMS message Basically the different SMS classes are as follows Classless SMS TP DCS 00hex This is usually the type sent by a mobile telephone They are stored in the available memory Class 0 SMS TP DCS FOhex These are not stored anywhere but are sent directly to the telephone display Since there is no display one can forward the messages to the TE by means of the AT command setting AT CNMI 3 2 Class 1 SMS TP DCS F1hex These are directed specifically to ME if there is a
99. A801E1 OK Send Message CMGS Table CMGS Action Command Syntax PDU Command Possible response s if PDU mode CMGF 0 if PDU mode CMGF 0 and sending CMGS lt length gt lt CR gt successful PDU is givensctrl Z ESC gt CMGS lt mr gt lt ackpdu gt if sending fails CMS ERROR lt err gt Description Execution command sends message from a TE to the network SMS SUBMIT Message reference value lt mr gt is returned to the TE on successful message delivery Optionally when CSMS lt service gt value is 1 and network supports lt ackpdu gt is returned Values can be used to identify message upon unsolicited delivery status report result code If sending fails in a network or an ME error final result code CMS ERROR lt err gt is returned This command should be abortable lt length gt must indicate the number of octets coded in the TP layer data unit to be given 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 123 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ i e SMSC address octets are excluded the PDU shall be hexadecimal format similarly as specified for lt pdu gt and given in one line ME TA converts this coding into the actual octets of PDU when the length octet of the SMSC address given in the PDU equals zero the SMSC address set with command Service Centre Address CSCA is used in this case the SMSC Type of Address octet shall not be present in the PDU i e TPDU starts
100. ATSAUFIL 4096 OK 2 6 17 Audio MUT AUMUT Table AUMUT parameter command syntax Command Possible response s AUMUT lt MUT_value gt OK AUMUT AUMUT list of supported lt value gt OK AUMUT AUMUT lt MUT value gt OK Description This command is used to configure the MUT coefficient The MUT coefficient is the modifying factor of far_end_noise for muting decision Note that this command has to be used after audio path is configured by AT AUPATH 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 260 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Defined values Listing the parameters and defining the values lt MUT Values 0 65535 The MUT coefficient value Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT AUPATHZE3 1 AUPATH 1 OK Set MUT coefficient AT AUMUT 4096 OK 2 6 18 Audio Extra Gain EXGAIN Table EXGAIN parameter command syntax Command Possible response s EXGAIN lt value gt OK EXGAIN EXGAIN list of supported lt value gt OK EXGAIN EXGAIN lt Value gt OK Description This command is used to configure the extra gain Note that this command has to be used after audio path is configured by ATSAUPATH Defined values Listing the parameters and defining the values 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 261 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ lt
101. AUPATH 1 OK 2 6 4 Audio Gain AUGAIN Table AUGAIN parameter command syntax Command Possible response s AUGAIN lt path gt AUGAIN 1 lt gain gt OK AUGAIN AUGAIN list of supported lt path gt list of supported lt gain gt OK AUGAIN AUGAIN Sidetone lt sidetone gain gt Mic lt Mic gain gt Speaker lt Speaker gain gt OK Description This command is used to control audio gain Note that this command has to be used after audio path is configured by ATSAUPATH Defined values 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 246 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Listing the parameters and defining the values Path 0 Sidetone 1 Mic 2 Speaker Gain 1 9 1 Minimum gain 9 Maximum gain AT AUGAINZ 0 0 will turn off side tone Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT AUPATHS3 1 AUPATH 1 OK set audio gain of specified audio path AT SAUGAINZ O 5 AUGAIN 1 OK 2 6 5 Audio Mute AUMUTE Table AUMUTE parameter command syntax Command Possible response s AUMUTE lt mode gt AUMUTE 1 OK AUMUTE AUMUTE list of supported lt mode gt OK 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 247 Nersion 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Description This command is used to control microphone mute Note that this command has to be used after audio path is configured by ATBA
102. BST Table CBST parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CBST speed gt lt name gt lt ce gt CBST CBST lt speed gt lt name gt lt ce gt CBST CBST list of supported lt speedss list of supported lt namess list of supported lt ce gt s Description Set command selects the bearer service lt name gt with data rate lt speed gt and the connection element lt ce gt to be used when data calls are originated Values may also be used during mobile terminated data call setup especially in case of single numbering scheme calls Test command returns values supported by the TA as compound values Defined values 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 23 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ lt speed gt 300 bps V 21 1200 bps V 22 1200 75 bps V 23 2400 bps V 22bis 2400 bps V 26ter 4800 bps V 32 9600 bps V 32 9600bps V 34 14400 bps V 34 1200 bps V 120 2400 bps V 120 4800 bps V 120 9600 bps V 120 14400 bps V 120 300 bps V 110 1200 bps V 110 2400 bps V 110 or X 31 flag stuffing 4800 bps V 110 or X 31 flag stuffing 9600 bps V 110 or X 31 flag stuffing 14400 bps V 110 or X 31 flag stuffing lt name gt 0 lt Ce gt 0 1 2 3 data circuit asynchronous UDI or 3 1k HZ modem transparent non transparent both transparent preferred both non transparent preferred
103. BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 224 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ completed successfully the V 25ter command state is re entered and the MT returns the final result code OK In the event of an erroneous termination or a failure to start up the V 25ter command state is re entered and the MT returns the final result code NO CARRIER or if enabled CME ERROR Attach activate and other errors may be reported The test command is used for requesting information on the supported layer 2 protocols This command may be used in both normal and modem compatibility modes Defined Values lt L2P gt a string parameter that indicates the layer 2 protocol to be used between the TE and MT NULL none for PDP type OSP IHOSS PPP Point to point protocol for a PDP such as IP PAD character stream for X 25 character triple X PAD mode X25 X 25 L2 LAPB for X 25 packet mode M xxxx manufacturer specific protocol xxxx is an alphanumeric string If the value is omitted the layer 2 protocol is unspecified Other values are reserved and will result in an ERROR response lt cid gt a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition see the CGDCONT and CGDSCONT commands Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command 1 Query CGDATA Support AT CGDATA CGDATA PPP OK 2 5 7 Show PDP address CGPADDR Table CGPADDR action command syntax Command Poss
104. CB if implemented are restored Certain settings may not 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 106 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ be supported by the storage e g U SIM SMS parameters and therefore can not be restored Defined values lt profile gt 0 1 profile number where settings are to be restored Information examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command 1 Query CRES Support AT CRES CRES 0 2 OK 2 Set CRES 1 AT CRES 1 OK 2 2 3 Message Receiving and Reading Commands New Message Indications to TE CNMI Table CNMI parameter command syntax text amp PDU Command Possible response s CNMI lt mode gt lt mt gt lt CMS ERROR lt err gt bm gt lt ds gt lt bfr gt CNMI CNMI lt mode gt lt mt gt lt bm gt lt ds gt lt bfr gt CNMI CNMI list of supported lt modess list of supported lt mt gt s list of supported lt bmss list of supported lt ds gt s list of supported lt bfr gt s Description Set command selects the procedure how receiving of new messages from the network is indicated to the TE when TE is active e g DTR signal is ON 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 107 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ lt mode gt controls the processing of unsolicited result codes specified within this command lt mt gt sets the result code
105. CUG 57 bearer capability not authorized 58 bearer capability not available 63 service not available 65 bearer service not implemented 68 ACM reached ACM maximum 69 facility not implemented 70 only restricted bearer cap avail 79 service not implemented 81 invalid TI 87 no member of CUG 88 incompatible destination 91 invalid transit network selection 95 incorrect message 96 invalid mandatory information 97 message type not implemented 98 message type incompatible 99 info element not implemented 100 conditional info element error 101 message incompatible 102 recovery on time expiry 111 protocol error 127 interworking error 200 bearer service not available 201 no TI available 202 timer 303 expiry 203 establishment failure 210 no error 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 313 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 211 operation failed 212 timeout 213 bearer service not compatible 2006 BenQ Corporation AT Command User Manual 314 Confidential Property Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006
106. Command ATP OK 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 153 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Answer A Table Syntax A Command Possible response s A Description This command instructs the DCE to immediately connect to the line and start the answer sequence as specified for the underlying DCE Any additional commands that appear after A on the same command line are ignored Abortability The A command may be aborted in the manner described in 5 6 1 If the DCE is connected to the line it disconnects from the line in an orderly manner as required by the state of the connection Aborting the connection by reception of a character is generally possible at any time before the DCE enters online data state but may not be possible during some states of connection establishment such as handshaking The DCE shall issue a final result code which result code to issue shall be determined by the manufacturer and may depend upon the state of the connection at the time the character was received from the DTE If a CONNECT or CONNECT text result code is received by the DTE this indicates that the attempt to abort the command was not successful possibly due to the state of connection establishment at the time the character was sent See Table 9 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 154 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Table 9 V 25 ter A command result co
107. Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 233 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ lt mode gt 1 or 2 is entered 1 MT buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is flushed to the TE when lt mode gt 1 or 2 is entered OK response shall be given before flushing the codes Defined events The following unsolicited result codes and the corresponding events are defined CGEV REJECT lt PDP_type gt lt PDP_addr gt A network request for PDP context activation occurred when the MT was unable to report it to the TE with a CRING unsolicited result code and was automatically rejected CGEV NW REACT lt PDP_type gt lt PDP_addr gt lt cid gt The network has requested a context reactivation The lt cid gt that was used to reactivate the context is provided if known to the MT CGEV NW DEACT lt PDP_type gt lt PDP_addr gt lt cid gt The network has forced a context deactivation The lt cid gt that was used to activate the context is provided if known to the MT CGEV ME DEACT lt PDP_type gt lt PDP_addrs lt cid gt The mobile equipment has forced a context deactivation The lt cid gt that was used to activate the context is provided if known to the MT CGEV NW DETACH The network has forced a PS detach This implies that all active contexts have been deactivated These are not reported separately CGEV ME DETACH The mobile equipment has forced a PS detach This implies that all active contex
108. DP context activation by issuing the unsolicited result code RING or CRING 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 227 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ to the TE this is followed by the intermediate result code CONNECT The MT then enters V 25ter online data state and follows the same procedure as it would after having received a CGANS 1 with no lt L2P gt or lt cid gt values specified Defined values lt N gt O turn off automatic response for Packet Domain only 1 turn on automatic response for Packet Domain only 2 modem compatibility mode Packet Domain only 3 modem compatibility mode Packet Domain and circuit switched calls default For lt n gt 0 Packet Domain network requests are manually accepted or rejected by the CGANS command For lt n gt 1 Packet Domain network requests are automatically accepted according to the description above For lt n gt 2 automatic acceptance of Packet Domain network requests is controlled by the SO command Manual control uses the A and H commands respectively to accept and reject Packet Domain requests CGANS may also be used Incoming circuit switched calls can be neither manually nor automatically answered For lt n gt 3 automatic acceptance of both Packet Domain network requests and incoming circuit switched calls is controlled by the SO command Manual control uses the A and H commands respectively to accept and reject
109. DP type must match exactly The PDP addresses are considered to match if they are identical or if the address in the context definition is unspecified The context shall be activated using the values for PDP type and PDP address provided by the network together with the other information found in the PDP context definition An APN may or may not re required depending on the application If no lt cid gt is given or if there is no matching context definition the MT will attempt to activate the context using the values for PDP type and PDP address provided by the network together with any other relevant information known to the MT The other context parameters will be set to their default values If the activation is successful data transfer may proceed After data transfer is complete and the layer 2 protocol termination procedure has completed successfully the V 25ter command state is re entered and the MT returns the final result code OK In the event of an erroneous termination or a failure to startup the V 25ter command state is re entered and the MT returns the final result code NO CARRIER or if enabled CME ERROR Attach activate and other errors may be reported It is also an error to issue the CGANS command when there is no outstanding network request NOTE This is not the same as if the MT issues a CGDATA or CGACT command after receiving a CRING unsolicited result code A CGDATA or CGACT does not 2006 BenQ Corporation Co
110. DR command which releases that message The DTE must issue a FDR command to release Post Page Messages The FDR command shall result in an ERROR result code if the DCE is on hook or if the capability to receive is missing or disabled FCRO 8 5 1 9 T 32 Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT FDR FCS 0 3 0 0 0 0 2 0 CONNECT Terminate a session FKS Command Possible response s FKS lt CR gt FHS lt hangup code gt lt CR gt lt LF gt OK OK Description The FKS command causes the DCE to terminate the session in an orderly manner In particular it will send a DCN message at the next opportunity and hang up At the end of the termination process the DCE shall report the FHS response with result code defined in 8 4 5 go On Hook and if FCLASSO is supported set FCLASSO The DTE may also invoke this operation using the T 50 lt CAN gt Cancel T 50 1 8 character during Phase C data reception see 8 3 4 7 T 32 If the DTE issues this command while the DCE is On Hook the DCE shall report OK 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 164 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Initialize facsimile parameters FIP Command Possible response s FIP lt value gt lt CR gt OK ERROR Description The FIP command causes the DCE to initialize all Service Class 2 Facsimile Parameters to the manufacturer determined default settings
111. DTE Phase C Response Timeout F CT 200 Call Termination Status FHS 201 ECM Retry Count FRY 201 Minimum Phase C Speed FMS 202 Inactivity Timeout FIT 203 Minimum Phase C Speed FMS 204 Report Buffer Size FBS 204 Packet Protocol Control FPP 205 Data Bit Order FBO 205 Phase C Received EOL Alignment FEA 206 Image Data Format Conversion FFC 207 Modem ID FMl
112. E but the connection is retained by the network Multiparty conversation conference calls The served subscriber who has two calls one held and the other either active or alerting can connect the other parties and release the served subscriber s own connection Calls can be put on hold recovered released added to conversation and transferred similarly It is recommended although optional that test command returns a list of operations which are supported The call number required by some operations shall be denoted by x e g CHLD 0 1 1x 2 2x 3 Defined values 1 AT CHLD 0 Release all held calls or send UDUB for a waiting call 2 AT CHLD 1 Release all active calls and accept the other held or waiting calls 3 AT CHLD 1x Release a specified active call x 4 AT CHLD 2 Place all active calls on hold and accept the other waiting or held calls 5 AT CHLD 2x Place all active calls on hold except call x with which communication shall be supported 6 AT CHLD 3 Adds held calls to the conversation 7 AT CHLD 4 Connects the two calls and disconnects the subscriber from both calls Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 52 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Initial the MS AT Command 1 Ring ATA AT CHLD 1 OK Ring ATA AT CHLD 4 OK Unstructured supplementary service data CUSD Table CUSD parameter command syntax
113. GL 6 2 9 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 121 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 07918896834348221 10000800004A801E4 OK Read Message CMGR Table CMGR Action Command Syntax PDU Command Possible response s CMGR lt index gt if PDU mode CMGF 0 and command successful CMGRi lt stat gt lt alpha gt lt length gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt pdu gt otherwise CMS ERROR lt err gt Description Execution command returns message with location value lt index gt from preferred message storage lt mem1 gt to the TE Status of the message and entire message data unit lt pdu gt is returned If status of the message is received unread status in the storage changes to received read If reading fails final result code CMS ERROR lt err gt is returned Informative Examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command 1 AT CMGR OK AT CMGR OK 2 AT CMGF 0 OK AT CMGR 2 CMGR 2 36 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 122 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 079188968343482251B702812200008F 1E040D021800A0E974B8EEF5BADFEF2E71D9 1D778DDF6D90 3A4C0601 OK AT CMGR 4 CMGR 2 35 079188968343482251BA02812500008F 1 DOA0A030606010A030C04020893D567BA421 D26ABE98A7B 5B1D06 OK AT CMGR 3 CMGR 2 8 07918896834348221 10000800004A800 OK AT CMGR 5 CMGR 2 9 07918896834348221 10000800004
114. IP 289 2 8 5 EXAMPLE 290 2 9 STK SIM Application Toolkit 2 00 2esennennnennenncnnnennn 291 2 9 1 Configuration for SIM application toolkit YSAT C 291 2 9 2 Set SAT set amp response format YSATM 292 2 9 3 Send SAT envelope command Y SATE 292 2 9 4 Send SAT command response YSATR 294 2 9 5 SAT command notify SATN 296 2 9 6 SAT command response SATI 297 2 9 7 Terminate SAT command or session SATT 301 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual viii Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 2 9 8 EXAMPLE 301 2 10 ME Lock 29 22 n nn nn 304 2 10 1 Read Write Personalization file 304
115. Ilf text mode CMGF 1 and sending CMGC lt fo gt successful lt ct gt lt pid gt lt mn gt lt da gt CMGC lt mr gt lt scts gt lt toda gt lt CR gt if sending fails textis entered lt ctrl z CMS ERROR lt err gt ESC gt Description Execution command sends a command message from a TE to the network SMS COMMAND The entering of text is done similarly as specified in command Send Message CMGS but the format is fixed to be a sequence of two IRA character long hexadecimal numbers which ME TA converts into 8 bit octets Informative Examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 119 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ AT Command AT CMGF 1 AT CMGS 0921214863 129 gt This a test ctrl z CMGS 14 AT CNMI 1 0 0 1 0 OK AT CMGCag 14 0921214863 129 gt ctrl z CMGC 15 CDS SMS STATUS REPORT 2 2 5 PDU Mode List Message CMGL Table CMGL Action Command Syntax PDU Command Possible response s CMGL lt stat gt if PDU mode CMGF 0 and command successful CMGL lt index gt lt stat gt lt alpha gt lt length gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt pdu gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CM GL lt index gt lt stat gt lt alpha gt lt length gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt pdu gt otherwise CMS ERROR lt err gt CMGL list of supported lt stat gt s Description Execution command returns messages wi
116. Information examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command ATW OK Select tone dialling dial modifier T Table Syntax T Command Possible response s 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 152 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ fe ee Description Causes subsequent dial digits to be signalled using DTMF The effect of the T modifier may carry forward to subsequent D commands i e once a T dial modifier is used all subsequent dialling uses DTMF tones until a P dial modifier or command is issued however it is recommended that the DTE explicitly specify pulse or DTMF dialling with the appropriate dial modifier P or T at the beginning of each dial string Information examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command ATT OK Select pulse dialing dial modifier P Table Syntax P Command Possible response s P Description Causes subsequent dial digits to be signalled using pulse dialling The effect of the P modifier may carry forward to subsequent D commands i e once a P dial modifier is used all subsequent dialling uses pulse dialling until a T dial modifier or command is issued however it is recommended that the DTE explicitly specify pulse or DTMF dialling with the appropriate dial modifier P or T at the beginning of each dial string Information examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT
117. M card will cause an ERROR response Defined values lt mode gt 0 Disable the notification 1 Enable the notification Informative examples 2006 BenQ Corporation AT Command User Manual Confidential Property Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command 1 Query the current command status AT SRN SRN 1 OK 2 Enable a PIN locked SIM card AT SRN 1 ERROR 3 Show the usage AT SRN SRN 0 1 OK 4 Enable the command AT SRN 1 OK SRN READY 5 Enable and timeout occur AT SRN 1 OK SRN ERROR 2 6 21 1 012 Setting VCD Table VCD parameter command syntax Command Return VCD lt mode gt VCD VCD lt mode gt VCD VCD list of supported lt mode gt s 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 264 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Description This command is used to set the mode of I O 12 to VCD mode Defined values lt mode gt 1 VCD mode Voice Carrier Detect 0 DCD mode Data Carrier Detect Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT VCD 1 lt CR gt OK 2 6 22 Set duration to clip data on incoming call TRING Table TRING parameter command syntax Command Return TRING lt duration gt TRING TRING lt duration gt TRING TRING list of supported lt duration gt s Description This
118. MN selector with Access Technology lists in the SIM card or active application in the UICC GSM or USIM Execute command writes an entry in the SIM USIM list of preferred PLMNs previously selected by the command CPLS If no list has been previously selected the User controlled PLMN selector with Access Technology EFopimnwact is the one accessed by default If lt index gt is given but lt oper gt is left out entry is deleted If lt oper gt is given but lt index gt is left out lt oper gt is put in the next free location If only lt format gt is given the format of the lt oper gt in the read command is changed The Access Technology selection 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 59 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ parameters Read command returns all used entries from the SIM USIM list of preferred PLMNs previously selected by the command CPLS with the Access Technologies for each PLMN in the list Note It is recommend to add a preferred PLMN with numeric format There is an internal list which store all PLMN s long name short name and numeric name in the module AT COPN shows the list The numeric information is the MCC and MNC of the PLMN When using long short format to add a preferred PLMN that does not exist in the internal list the module will reject the command because the module is fail to get the MCC and MNC of the PLMN Test command returns the whole index range supported by
119. Manual 196 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 4 FPS FPS lt ppr gt 4FPS FPS list of supported lt ppr gt s Description The FPS parameter contains a value representing the post page response including copy quality and related end of page status These values correspond to post page response messages defined in Recommendation T 30 The receiving DCE sets this parameter after it receives a page of Phase C data The transmitting DCE sets this parameter with the status reported by the receiving station The DTE may inspect or modify this parameter Valid lt ppr gt values are defined below These values are also reported by the FPS lt ppr gt response to the FDR command 8 4 3 T 32 The DCE may set this parameter to values 1 2 or 3 based on its own copy quality checking or access to received signal quality The DCE shall set this parameter to a value of 1 if copy quality checking is disabled CQ 0 see 8 5 2 3 T 32 Copy quality checking is the responsibility of the DCE However a receiving DTE may do its own Copy Quality checking The DTE may request a Procedure Interrupt from the remote station using this parameter To do so the DTE shall modify the value reported by the DCE before it issues the next FDR command which in turn instructs the DCE to send the resulting post page response to the remote facsimile station Defined values lt ppr gt Post Page Response 1 Page good T 30 label MCF Result co
120. Memory Allocation Failure 7 Invalid Access Mode 8 Timeout 32768 Unknown Error Examples Read the network lock file AT MELCK 0 0 MELCK 0 273 22222222 the file data Write the network lock file AT MELCK 1 0 240 0123456789012345 OK 22222 the file data OK 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 306 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 2 11 Error Message 2 11 1 Mobile Equipment error result code CME ERROR lt unsolicited gt lt p gt Table CME ERROR parameter Syntax Command Possible response s Wrong CME ERROR lt err gt Description The operation of CME ERROR lt err gt result code is similar to the regular ERROR result code if CME ERROR lt err gt is the result code for any of the commands in a command line none of the following commands in the same command line is executed neither ERROR nor OK result code shall be returned as a result of a completed command line execution The format of lt err gt can be either numeric or verbose This is set with command CMEE Defined value Code of lt err gt Meaning 0 Phone failure 1 No connection to phone 2 phone adaptor link reserved 3 Operation not allowed 4 Operation not supported 5 PH SIM PIN required 6 PH FSIM PIN required 7 PH FSIM PUK required 10 SIM not inserted 11 SIM PIN required 12 SIM PUK required 13
121. OK NO ANSWER NO DIALTONE 2006 BenQ Corporation AT Command User Manual If dial tone detection is enabled or the W dial modifier is used and no dial tone is detected within the associated timeout period If command is aborted by either reception of an additional character from the DTE or by the DTE turning off circuit 108 if amp D1 or amp D2 is selected see 6 2 9 or if the dial string is terminated by a semicolon character Confidential Property 151 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Information examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command ATD0921214863 OK NO CARRIER OK Wait for dial tone W Table Syntax W Command Possible response s WwW Description Causes the DCE to listen for dial tone on the line If a valid dial tone is detected the DCE continues processing the remainder of the dial string If the DCE decides to abort dialling because the dial tone does not occur within the connection timeout period specified by parameter S7 the NO DIALTONE or NO CARRIER result code is issued and the remainder of the command line is ignored The DCE may but is not required to detect busy signal while listening for dial tone this capability may be conditioned upon the setting of the X command The BUSY or NO CARRIER result codes may be issued if the DCE detects a busy signal while listening for dial tone in this event the remainder of the command line is ignored
122. OR lt err gt shall be returned See chapter Message Service Failure Result Code for a list of possible lt err gt values Test command returns lists of memory storages supported by the TA lt mem1 gt Memory used to list read and delete messages It can be SM SMS message storage in SIM default ME ME message storage lt mem2 gt Memory used to write and send messages SM SMS message storage in SIM default Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 98 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 1 Set All ME amp Show Message list AT CPMS ME ME ME CPMS 0 0 0 0 0 0 OK AT CPMS CPMS ME 0 0 ME 0 0 ME 0 0 OK 2 Set ME amp check message number and total space AT CPMS ME CPMS 0 0 3 15 3 15 OK AT CPMS CPMS ME 0 0 SM 3 15 SM 3 15 OK 3 Set All SM AT CPMS SM SM SM CPMS 3 15 3 15 3 15 OK AT CPMS CPMS SM 3 15 SM 3 15 SM 3 15 OK Message Format CMGF Table CMGF parameter command syntax text amp PDU Command Possible response s CMGF lt mode gt CMS ERROR lt err gt CMGF CMGF lt mode gt CMGF CMGF list of supported lt mode gt s Description Set command tells the TA which input and output format of messages to use lt mode gt indicates the format of messages used with send list read and write
123. PDU mode enabled or CDS lt fo gt lt mr gt lt ra gt lt tora gt lt scts gt lt dt gt lt st gt text mode enabled TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is flushed to the TE when lt mode gt 1 3 is entered OK response shall be given before flushing the codes 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 109 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is cleared when lt mode gt 1 3 is entered Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT CNMI CNMI 0 2 0 3 0 2 0 1 0 1 OK AT CNMI CNMI 0 0 0 0 0 OK AT CNMI 0 0 0 0 0 OK AT CNMI CNMI 0 0 0 0 0 OK AT CNMI 1 3 2 1 1 OK AT CNMI CNMI 1 3 2 1 1 OK SM STORAGES SMS DELIVER is stored into ME CMTI 4 k PC SMS DELIVER SMS DEL VERs are routed directly to the TE CMT 2006 Be Confidential Prope AT Command User Manual 110 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 Message receiving procedures BenQ List Messages CMGL Table CMGL Action Command Syntax text Command Possible response s CMGLI lt stat gt if text mode CMGF 1 command successful and SMS SUBMITs and or SMS DELIVERs CMGL lt index gt lt stat gt lt oa da gt lt alpha gt lt scts gt lt tooa toda gt lt length gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt
124. PRI EOM 5 No more pages or documents procedure interrupt requested T 30 mnemonic PRI EOP Informative examples FET 2 Transition to Voice FVO Response Possible command s FVO Description FVO indicates that a procedure interruption has been negotiated and the session has been suspended the DCE remains off hook The FCLASS parameter is unchanged This response is generated if either the local DTE initiated a procedure interrupt 8 3 3 8 T 32 8 3 4 8 T 32 and the remote station agreed or if the remote station requested a procedure interrupt and the FIE parameter was set If the remote station requests a procedure interrupt during document reception the DCE issues a FVO response after the DTE issues the next FDR command with the FPS parameter set to accept the request The DTE should respond to a FVO message by suspending the session and waiting for the operator or application process to determine if the session should be resumed or terminated Defined values Informative examples Call Termination Status FHS Response Possible command s FHS lt hsc gt ATD ATA 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 178 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Description FHS indicates that the call has been terminated The hangup cause is reported and stored in the FHS parameter for later inspection These values are described in Table 20 FHS l
125. Password string is received lt 39 gt lt 38 gt lt 37 gt lt 36 gt lt 35 gt lt 34 gt lt 33 gt lt 32 gt lt 31 gt lt 30 gt lt 39 gt lt 38 gt lt 37 gt lt 36 gt lt 35 gt lt 34 gt lt 33 gt lt 32 gt lt 31 gt lt 30 gt 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 174 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ The result would be lt CR gt lt LF gt FPW 01234567890123456789 lt CR gt lt LF gt Defined values Informative examples Report Destination Subaddress FSA Response Possible command s FSA lt SUB string gt ATD ATA FDT FDR Description The response reports the received destination subaddress string if any Originate Answer FDT or FDR command execution may generate these responses if the corresponding frames are received Defined values Informative examples Report Polling Address FPA Response Possible command s FPA lt SEP string gt ATD ATA FDT FDR Description The response reports the received polling address string if any Originate Answer FDT or FDR command execution may generate these responses if the corresponding frames are received 2006 BenQ Corporation AT Command User Manual Confidential Property 175 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Defined values Informative examples Report T 30 Phase C Page Reception FPS Response Possible command s FPS lt ppr gt l
126. Remote ID FCl Response Possible command s FCI lt TSI ID string gt ATD ATA FDT FDR 2006 BenQ Corporation AT Command User Manual Confidential Property 171 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Description The response reports the received remote called station ID string if any Originate Answer FDT or FDR command execution may generate these responses if the corresponding frames are received The DCE shall report the characters in the ID string in reversed time order from the order received from the remote station For example if the following ID FIF character string is received hexadecimal values Defined values Informative examples Report NSC Frames FNC Response Possible command s FNC lt NSF FIF string gt ATD ATA FDT FDR Description The response reports any received Non Standard Commands frames one response per frame Originate Answer FDT or FDR command execution may generate these responses if the corresponding frames are received The NSF Facsimile Information Field FIF frame octets beginning with the country code but not including the FCS are presented in hex notation and separated by spaces HDLC flags and zero bits inserted for transparency are removed Frame octets are reported in the order received For each frame octet the LSB is the first bit sent or received For example the two octet bit string 0001101101000101 would b
127. Return TIME lt HH MM SS gt TIME TIME lt Hour gt lt Minute gt lt Second gt TIME TIME HH MM SS Description 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 283 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ This command is used to set the time in RTC It uses the 24 Hour format Defined values lt HH gt The hour field 0 23 lt MMs The minute field 0 59 lt SS gt The second field 0 59 Example AT TIME TIME 00 00 00 OK AT TIME 01 10 11 OK AT TIME TIME 03 10 11 OK AT TIME 25 01 33 Out of range ERROR 2 7 11 Green LED Setting GLED Table GLED parameter command syntax Command Return GLED lt mode gt lt light_duration gt lt dark_duration gt Description This command is used to set the duration of green led Defined values lt mode gt 1 turn on 0 turn off lt light_duration gt Duration of green led to be light ms 1 65535 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 284 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ lt dark_duration gt Duration of green led to be dark ms 1 65535 Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT GLED 1 100 200 lt CR gt GLED 1 OK 2 7 12 SIM card test SIMTEST Table SIMTEST parameter command syntax Command Return SIMTEST SIMTEST 1 OK SIMTEST 0 OK Description This command is used to
128. S service is disabled the MS is not allowed to attach for GPRS if requested by the user 4 unknown 5 registered roaming The MS is in GMM state GMUM REGISTERED or GMM ROUTING AREA UPDATING INITIATED on a visited PLMN lt lac gt string type two byte location area code in hexadecimal format e g 00C3 equals 195 in decimal lt ci gt string type two byte cell ID in hexadecimal format Informative examples 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 236 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command 1 Query CGREG Support AT CGREG CGREG 0 2 OK 2 Set CGREG AT CGREG 1 OK AT CGREG CGREG 1 0 OK AT CGREG 2 OK AT CGREG CGREG 2 0 OK 2 5 13 Select service for MO SMS messages CGSMS Table CGSMS parameter command syntax Command Possible Response s CGSMS lt service gt OK ERROR CGSMS CGSMS lt service gt CGSMS CGSMS list of currently available lt service gt s Description The set command is used to specify the service or service preference that the MT will use to send MO SMS messages The read command returns the currently selected service or service preference The test command is used for requesting information on the currently available services and service preferences 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 237 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Defined Val
129. SCS CmdType 3 Select Item lt Result gt 0 Session terminated by user 1 Response given by the user 2 Help information required by user 3 Return to the back item lt Data gt Contains the item identifier selected by the user CmdType 4 Setup Call lt Result gt 0 User rejects the call 1 User accept the call CmdType 5 Confirm STK display text Sending a Confirm Response to the SIM CmdType 6 Get STK main menu Get STK main menu information from module CmdType 51 Backward Move CmdType 52 Command beyond ME capability CmdType 53 ME busy CmdType 54 No response from the user CmdType 55 User aborts 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 295 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Sending a Terminal Response to the SIM 2 9 5 SAT command notify SATN This command notifies the information setup call send ss of a pro active command from the SIM Table Syntax SATN Command Possible response s If SATM 1 See Table 2 SATN lt CmdType gt Table 2 If SATM 1 CmdType Description Possible response s 0 Get information about Setup SATN lt CmdType gt lt DialNumber gt lt TextInfo gt Call pro active command lt TextInfo2 gt User answer expected from SIM 1 Get information about Send SATN lt CmdType gt lt TextInfo gt SMS pro active command No action expected from SIM 2 Get information about Send SATN
130. SIM application toolkit as described in GSM 11 14 If lt satCmd gt is present the contents is converted and send directly to SIM The coding of the SIM command is the task of TE no checking is done by ME As soon as a response from the SIM is received the contents is send to ME using the result SATE lt satRsp gt Defined Values If SSATM 0 lt satCmd gt string type SIM application toolkit command hexadecimal format refer CSCS starting with command tag lt satRsp gt string type SIM application toolkit response hexadecimal format refer CSCS starting with first byte of response data If YSATM 1 lt CmdType gt 1 Response for a Select item in the main menu 2 Response for a Event Download CmdType 1 Select item in the main menu lt Select gt Contains the item identifier selected by the user CmdType 2 Event Download lt Select gt 0 User active event 1 Idle Screen event 2 Language Selection Event 3 Browser Termination Event lt Data gt Language type or browser termination cause 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 293 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 2 9 4 Send SAT command response SATR Table Syntax SATR Command Possible response s If SSATM 0 OK SATR lt satRsp gt CME ERROR lt err gt If SATM 1 SATR lt CmdType gt lt Result gt lt Data gt Description This command provides the possibility to send a res
131. Service table full 6 Call not found 7 No data call supported 8 One call on hold 9 Hold call not supported for this type 10 Number not allowed by FDN 11 Number not allowed by BDN 12 Parallel USSD not supported 13 Fax minimum speed condition 14 Conflict with command details 15 Error unknown 100 Other error 2 11 4 UMTS specific cause values for call control CEER lt unsolicited gt lt p gt See 3GPP 24 008 Annex H for more detail information Defined Values ID Meaning 1 unassigned number 3 no route to destination 6 channel unacceptable 8 operator determined barring 16 normal call clearing 17 user busy 18 no user responding 19 user alerting no answer 21 call rejected 22 number changed 26 non selected user clearing 27 destination out of order 28 invalid number format 29 facility rejected 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 312 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 30 response to status enquiry 31 normal unspecified 34 no channel available 38 network out of order 41 temporary failure 42 switching equipment congestion 43 access information discarded 44 requested channel unavailable 47 recources unavailable 49 quality of service unavailable 50 requested facility unsubscribed 55 incoming calls barred within
132. T OK lt CONTFLT_value gt AUCONTFLT AUCONTELT list of supported lt value gt OK AUCONTFLT AUCONTFELT lt CONTFLT value gt OK Description This command is used to configure the CONTFLT coefficient CONTFLT 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 255 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ coefficient is a Boolean value that can enable the continuous mode filtering Note that this command has to be used after audio path is configured by AT AUPATH Defined values Listing the parameters and defining the values lt CONTFELT Values 0 1 The CONTELT coefficient value Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT AUPATHS3 1 AUPATH 1 OK Set CONTFLT coefficient AT AUCONTFLT 1 OK 2 6 13 Audio AUATT AUATT Table AUATT parameter command syntax Command Possible response s AUATT lt ATT_value gt OK AUATT AUATT list of supported lt value gt OK AUATT AUATT lt ATT value gt OK Description This command is used to configure the ATT coefficient ATT coefficient is the number of samples that granulates of the smoothed attenuation 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 256 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Note that this command has to be used after audio path is configured by AT AUPATH Defined values Listing the parameters and defining the values lt ATT Value gt
133. T CPAS CPAS 0 5 OK 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 65 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ AT CPAS CPAS 0 OK Set phone functionality CFUN Table CFUN parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CFUN lt funs lt rst gt CME ERROR lt err gt CFUN CFUN lt fun gt CME ERROR lt err gt CFUN CFUN list of supported lt funss list of supported lt rst gt s CME ERROR lt err gt Description Set command selects the level of functionality lt fun gt in the ME Level full functionality is where the highest level of power is drawn Minimum functionality is where minimum power is drawn Level of functionality between these may also be specified by manufacturers When supported by manufactured ME resetting with lt rst gt parameter may be utilized Defined values lt fun gt 0 Minimum functionality 1 Full functionality 4 Disable phone both transmit and receive RF circuits lt rst gt 0 do not reset the ME before setting it to lt ftun gt power level Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 66 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ AT CFUN CFUN 0 1 4 0 OK AT CFUN CFUN 0 OK AT CFUN 1 OK AT CFUN 4 OK SIM not inserted AT CFUN CFUN 0 OK AT CFUN 1 ERROR AT CFUN CF
134. TSI ID string gt ATD ATA FDT FDR Description The response reports the received remote transmit station ID string if any Originate Answer FDT or FDR command execution may generate these responses if the corresponding frames are received The DCE shall report the characters in the ID string in reversed time order from the order received from the remote station For example if the following ID FIF character string is received hexadecimal values lt 20 gt lt 20 gt lt 20 gt lt 20 gt lt 20 gt lt 31 gt lt 30 gt lt 39 gt lt 38 gt lt 20 gt lt 37 gt lt 36 gt lt 35 gt lt 20 gt lt 34 gt lt 33 gt lt 32 gt lt 20 gt lt 31 gt lt 2B gt The result would be lt CR gt lt LF gt FTI 1 234 567 8901 lt CR gt lt LF gt 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 170 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Defined values Informative examples ATA FCO FTI 1 234 567 8901 OK Report Remote ID FPI Response Possible command s FPI lt TSI ID string gt ATD ATA FDT FDR Description The response reports the received remote polling station ID string if any Originate Answer FDT or FDR command execution may generate these responses if the corresponding frames are received The DCE shall report the characters in the ID string in reversed time order from the order received from the remote station Defined values Informative examples Report
135. TT CGATT list of supported lt state gt s Description The execution command is used to attach the MT to or detach the MT from the Packet Domain service After the command has completed the MT remains in V 25ter command state If the MT is already in the requested state the command is ignored and the OK response is returned If the requested state cannot be achieved an ERROR or CME ERROR response is returned Extended error responses are enabled by the CMEE command Any active PDP contexts will be automatically deactivated when the attachment state changes to detached The read command returns the current Packet Domain service state The test command is used for requesting information on the supported Packet Domain service states NOTE This command has the characteristics of both the V 25ter action and parameter commands Hence it has the read form in addition to the execution set and test forms Defined Values lt state gt indicates the state of PS attachment 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 220 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 0 detached 1 attached Other values are reserved and will result in an ERROR response to the execution command Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command 1 Query CGATT Support AT CGATT CGATT 0 1 OK 2 Set CGATT AT CGATT 1 OK AT CGATT CGATT 1 OK 2 5 5 PDP context activate
136. UN 1 OK Enter PIN CPIN Table CPIN parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CPIN lt pin gt lt newpin gt CME ERROR lt err gt CPIN CPIN lt code gt CME ERROR lt err gt Description Set command sends to the MS a password that is necessary before it can be operated only SIM PIN If no PIN request is pending no action is taken If SIM is useless or SIM is not inserted an error message CME ERROR is returned to the TE 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 67 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Read command returns an alphanumeric string indicating whether some password is required or not Defined values lt pin gt lt newpin gt string type values lt code gt values reserved by the present document READY ME is not pending for any password SIM PIN ME is waiting SIM PIN to be given SIM PIN2 ME is waiting SIM PIN2 to be given this lt code gt is recommended to be returned only when the last executed command resulted in PIN2 authentication failure i e CME ERROR 17 if PIN2 is not entered right after the failure it is recommended that ME does not block it operation SIM PUK ME is waiting SIM PUK to be given SIM PUK2 ME is waiting SIM PUK2 to be given this lt code gt is recommended to be returned only when the last executed command resulted in PUK2 authentication failure i e CME ERROR 18 if PUK2 and new PIN2are not entere
137. UPATH Defined values Listing the parameters and defining the values Mode 0 Mute off 1 Mute on Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT AUPATHS3 1 AUPATH 1 OK set mic mute AT AUMUTE 1 AUMUTE 1 OK 2 6 6 Audio Volume AUVOL Table AUVOL parameter command syntax Command Possible response s AUVOL lt volume gt AUVOL 1 OK AUVOL AUVOL list of supported lt volume gt OK 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 248 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ AUVOL AUVOL list of current lt volume gt OK Description This command is used to control speaker volume Note that this command has to be used after audio path is configured by ATBAUPATH Defined values Listing the parameters and defining the values Volume 0 5 0 Mute 1 Minimum Volume 5 Maximum Volume Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT AUPATHS3 1 AUPATH 1 OK set volume AT AUVOL 3 AUVOL 1 OK 2 6 7 Audio AEC AUAEC Table AUAEC parameter command syntax Command Possible response s AUAEC lt AEC_value gt OK AUAEC AUAEC lt AEC value gt 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 249 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Description This command is used to configure the echo canceller AEC
138. X lt mode gt lt subse CME ERROR lt err gt t gt lt port_speed gt lt N1 gt I lt T1 gt lt N2 gt lt T2 gt lt T3 gt lt k gt JJJJl CMUX OK CMUX CMUxX list of supported lt modess list of supported lt subset gt s list of Supported lt port_speedss list of supported lt N1 gt s list of supported lt T1i gt s list of Supported lt N2ss list of supported lt T2 gt s list of supported lt T3 gt s list of supported lt k gt s Description This command is used to enable disable the GSM 07 10 multiplexing protocol control channel Refer to subclause 9 2 for possible lt err gt values The AT commands sets parameters for the Control Channel If the parameters are left out the default value is used Read command returns the current mode and the settings Test command returns the supported modes and parameters It is recommended that the ME TA TE should autobaud to the CMUX command up to and including an interface speed of 9600 bits s The OK or CME ERROR lt err gt response is returned at the speed of the CMUX command prior to entering lt mode gt 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 16 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ It is recommended that whenever the multiplexer control channel is released the ME TA TE should assume an interface rate of up to and including 9600 bits s for auto baud purposes irrespective of any previous higher speed hav
139. able CSNS parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CSNS lt mode gt CSNS CSNS lt mode gt CSNS CSNS list of supported lt mode gt s Description Set command selects the bearer or teleservice to be used when mobile terminated single numbering scheme call is established Parameter values set with CBST command shall be used when lt mode gt equals to a data service Test command returns values supported by the TA as a compound value Defined values lt mode gt 0 NO of WD voice alternating voice fax voice first TS 61 fax TS 62 alternating voice data voice first BS 61 data alternating voice fax fax first TS 61 alternating voice data data first BS 61 voice followed by data BS 81 Informative example Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT CSNS CSNS 0 7 OK AT CSNS CSNS 0 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 30 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ OK AT CSNS 8 ERROR Dial command D ATD lt dial string gt I I G g When semicolon character is given after dialing digits or modifiers a voice call originated to the given address or override the CLIR supplementary service subscription default value for this call l invocation restrict CLI presentation and i suppression allow CLI presentation G or g control the CUG supplementary service information for th
140. all The command enables or disables the presentation of the COL at the TE It has no effect on the execution of the supplementary service COLR in the network This command is useful for call forwarding of the connected line When enabled and called subscriber allows COLP lt number gt lt type gt lt subaddr gt lt satype gt lt alpha gt intermediate result code is returned from TA to TE before any CR or V 25ter response It is manufacturer specific if 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 44 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ this response is used when normal voice call is established Read command gives the status of lt n gt and also triggers an interrogation of the provision status of the COLP service given in lt m gt Define values lt n gt parameter sets shows the result code presentation status in the TA 0 Disable 1 Enable lt m gt parameter shows the subscriber COLP service status in the network COLP not provisioned COLP provisioned Unknown e g no network etc N O Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT COLP COLP 0 1 OK AT COLP COLP 0 0 OK AT COLP 1 OK ATD0920123456 COLP 255 LIN OK Closed user group CCUG Table CCUG parameter command syntax 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 45 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Command Pos
141. all not send another CMT or CDS result code to TE before previous one is acknowledged If ME does not get acknowledgement within required time network timeout ME should send RP ERROR to the network ME TA shall automatically disable routing to TE setting both lt mt gt and lt ds gt values of CNMI to zero If command is executed but no acknowledge is excepted or some other ME related error occurs final result code CMS ERROR lt err gt is returned See chapter Message Service Failure Result Code for a list of lt err gt values NOTE In case that a directly routed message must be buffered in ME TA possible when CNMI parameter lt mode gt equals 0 or 2 or AT interpreter remains too long in a state where result codes cannot be sent to TE e g user is entering a message using CMGS acknowledgement RP ACK must be sent to the network without CNMA command from TE Later when buffered result codes are flushed to TE TE must send CNMA 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 114 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ acknowledgement for each result code In this way ME TA can determine if message should be placed in non volatile memory and routing to TE disabled CNMA not received Refer command CNMI for more details how to use lt mode gt parameter reliably Informative examples None Support 2 2 4 Message Sending and Writing Commands Send Message CMGS Table CMGS Action Command Syntax text
142. ameter to enable disable 0 disable 1 enable Informative examples 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 268 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT HRST 1 OK 2 6 27 Disable Deep Sleep Mode NOSLEEP Table NOSLEEP parameter command syntax Command Possible response s NOSLEEP lt mode gt OK ERROR Description This command is used to disable enable MS of entering deep sleep mode Defined values Listing the parameters and defining the values lt mode gt 0 Enable Deep Sleep Mode 1 Disable Deep Sleep Mode MS does not enter deep sleep mode Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT NOSLEEP 1 OK 2 6 28 Low Voltage Detection LVD Table LVD parameter command syntax Command Return LVD lt Voltage gt lt Duration gt LVD lt Voltage gt lt Duration gt 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 269 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ OK LVD LVD lt Voltage gt lt Duration gt OK LVD LVD list of supported lt Voltage gt s list of supported lt Duration gt s OK Description This command is set to detect low voltage of module If the actual voltage is lower than the setting voltage an interrupt will be produced for every lt duration gt to wake up the pin 1010 Defi
143. and class 3 SMS DELIVERs are routed directly to the TE using unsolicited result code CMT lt alpha gt lt length gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt pdu gt PDU mode enabled or 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 108 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ lt bm gt lt ds gt lt bfr gt CMT lt oa gt lt alpha gt lt scts gt lt tooa gt lt fo gt lt pid gt lt dcs gt lt sca gt lt tosca gt lt length gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt data gt text mode enabled about parameters in italics refer command CSDH class 0 message and messages in the message waiting indication group discard message may be copied to TE In this case ME shall send the acknowledgement to the network Class2 message and messages in the message waiting indication group store message result in indication as defined in lt mt gt 1 No CBM indications are routed to the TE Default CBM is routed directly to the TE by using the unsolicited result code CBM lt length gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt pdu gt PDU mode enabled or CBM lt sn gt lt mid gt lt dcs gt lt page gt lt pages gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt data gt text mode enabled refer to 03 41 Content of message is limited to 82 bytes and total pages are no more than 15 No SMS STATUS REPORTs are routed to the TE SMS STATUS REPORTs are routed to the TE using unsolicited result code CDS lt length gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt pdu gt
144. arameters lt index gt integer type 1 256 value in the range of location numbers supported by the associated memory lt memi gt _ string type memory from which messages are read and deleted defined value BM broadcast message storage ME ME message storage MT any of the storages associated with ME SM U SIM message storage SR status report storage lt mem2 gt string type memory to which writing and sending operations are made refer lt mem1 gt for defined values lt mem3 gt string type memory to which received SMs are preferred to be stored unless forwarded directly to TE refer command New Message Indications CNMI refer lt mem1 gt for defined values lt stat gt integer type in PDU mode default 0 or string type in text mode default REC UNREAD indicates the status of message in memory defined values 0 REC UNREAD received unread message i e new message 1 REC READ received read message 2 STO UNSENT stored unsent message only applicable to SMS 3 STO SENT stored sent message only applicable toSMS 4 ALL all messages only applicable to CMGL command 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 93 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Message Data Parameters lt alpha gt lt da gt lt data gt lt dcs gt lt dt gt lt fo gt string type alphanumeric representation of lt da gt or lt oa gt corresponding to the entry found
145. ation of the data compression function from the DTE point of view compression_negotiation which specifies whether or not the DCE should continue to operate if the desired result is not obtained max_dict which specifies the maximum number of dictionary entries which should be negotiated may be used by the DTE to limit the codeword size transmitted based on its knowledge of the nature of the data to be transmitted 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 158 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ max_string which specifies the maximum string length to be negotiated V 42 bis P2 Defined values See Table 26 Table 26 V 25 ter Data compression control subparameters lt direction gt Description Negotiated no compression V 42 bis PO 0 Transmit only Receive only Both directions accept any direction V 42 bis PO 11 lt compression Description negotiation gt 0 Do not disconnect if Rec V 42 bis is not negotiated by the remote DCE as specified in lt direction gt Disconnect if Rec V 42 bis is not negotiated by the remote DCE as specified in lt direction gt lt max_dict gt 512 to 65535 lt max_string gt 6 to 250 Recommended default settings For direction 3 For compression_negotiation 0 For max_dict Determined by the manufacturer For max_string 6 Information examples None support Data compression reporting DR
146. bit data It also informs the receiving MS about the class of the SMS message which tells it 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 7 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ how to handle and store the incoming SMS message A7 This is the validity period TP VP The validity period is how long the SC will store the SMS waiting for the receiving MS to come in contact with the GSM network If the SMS is not received by the destination MS within this time then the message will be discarded 3GPP 23 040 describes this field in detail 04 TP UDL This is the length of the user data It is given in septets if TP DCS describes the message as using the default 7 bit GSM alphabet or octets otherwise D4E2940A Finally we come to the user data TP UD This is 4 septets long defined above in TP DCS and TP UDL The message reads TEST Note the one character is not represented by one octet but by a septet 7 bits and therefore it can be quite complicated to decipher a GSM text SMS by looking at the PDU 3GPP specification 23 038 describes in detail how the 7 bit GSM alphabet works and how to convert from the hexadecimal to the characters You may know that one can send 160 characters in an SMS message This is only possible in 140 bytes using a 7 bit alphabet Before we finish we should also take a look at the TPDU of SMS DELIVER type This the PDU one would see when reading an SMS that has been sent to the modu
147. ble response s CSQ CSQ lt rssi gt lt ber gt CME ERROR lt err gt CSQ CSQ list of supported lt rssi gt s list of supported lt ber gt s Description 1 Execution command returns received signal strength indication lt rssi gt and channel bit error rate lt ber gt from the MS 2 Test command returns values supported by the MS as compound values Only support continuous unsolicited response Defined values lt rssi gt 0 113dBm or less 1 111dBm 2 30 109dBm 53dBm 31 51dBm or greater 99 Not known or not detectable lt ber gt 99 Unknown or not detectable Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT CSQ CSQ 2 31 99 99 OK AT CSQ CSQ 31 99 OK 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 70 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Restricted SIM access CRSM Table CRSM action command syntax Command Possible response s CRSM lt command gt lt fileid gt CRSM lt swl gt lt sw2 gt lt response lt P1 gt lt P2 gt lt P3 gt lt data gt gt CME ERROR lt err gt CRSM Description By using this command instead of Generic SIM Access CSIM TE application has easier but more limited access to the SIM database Set command transmits to the ME the SIM lt command gt and its required parameters ME handles internally all SIM ME interface locking and file selection routines As r
148. code is received by the DTE this indicates that the attempt to abort the command was not successful possibly due to the state of connection establishment at the time the character was sent See Table 8 Table 8 V 25 ter D command result codes Alphabetic Numeric Description ATV1 ATVO 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 150 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Alphabetic Numeric ATV1 ATVO Description CONNECT 1 If connection is successfully established and XO is selected This result code is transmitted immediately before circuit 109 is turned on If connection is successfully established and Xn is selected where n is any value other than 0 This result code is transmitted immediately before circuit 109 is turned on The contents of text are manufacturer specific and may include indication of DTE interface speed line speed error control and data compression techniques in use and other information CONNECT lt text gt NO CARRIER 3 ERROR BUSY If a connection cannot be established or was aborted by reception of an additional character from the DTE If issued while in online command state If busy signal detection is enabled or the W or dial modifier is used and a busy signal is detected If the dial modifier is used and remote ringing followed by five seconds of silence is not detected before the expiration of the connection timer defined by S7
149. commands 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 99 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ and unsolicited result codes resulting from received messages Mode can be either PDU mode entire TP data units used or text mode headers and body of the messages given as separate parameters Text mode uses the value of parameter lt chset gt specified by command Select TE Character Set CSCS to inform the character set to be used in the message body in the TA TE interface Test command returns supported modes as a compound value Defined values lt mode gt 0 PDU mode default 1 text mode Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command 1 Set Text Mode AT CMGF 1 OK AT CMGF CMGF 1 OK 2 Set PDU mode default AT CMGF CMGF 0 OK 2 2 2 Message Configuration Commands Service Centre Address CSCA Table CSCA parameter command syntax text amp PDU Command Possible response s CSCA lt sca gt lt tosca gt CSCA CSCA lt sca gt lt tosca gt 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 100 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Description Set command updates the SMSC address through which mobile originated SMs are transmitted In text mode setting is used by send and write commands In PDU mode setting is used by the same commands but only when the length of the SMSC address coded into lt pdu g
150. ction required 1 further user action required 2 USSD terminated by network 3 Other local client has responded 4 Operation not supported 5 Network time out Informative examples 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 54 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT CUSD CUSD 0 1 2 OK AT CUSD CUSD 0 OK AT CUSD 1 OK Far Eastone SIM AT CUSD 1 147 15 CUSD 0 Accepted 0 OK Advice of Charge CAOC Table CAOC parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CAOC lt mode gt CAOC lt ccm gt CME ERROR lt err gt CAOC CAOC lt mode gt CAOC CAOC list of supported lt mode gt s Description This refers to Advice of Charge supplementary service that enables subscriber to get information about the cost of calls With lt mode gt 0 the execute command returns the current call meter value from the ME The command also includes the possibility to enable an unsolicited event reporting of the CCM information The unsolicited result code cCCM lt ccm gt is sent when the CCM value changes but not more that every 10 seconds Deactivation of the unsolicited event 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 55 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ reporting is made with the same command The Read command indicates whether the unsolicited reportin
151. d right after the failure it is recommended that ME does not block it operation Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command 1 Power on 1 CHV1 is disabled SIM is ready AT CPIN CPIN READY 2 Power on 1 SIM not inserted AT CMEE 2 OK AT CPIN 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 68 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ CME ERROR SIM not inserted Battery charge CBC Table CBC parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CBC CBC lt bcs gt lt bcl gt CME ERROR lt err gt CBC CBC list of supported lt bcs gt s list of supported lt bcl gt s Description Execution command returns battery connection status lt bcs gt and battery charge level lt bcl gt of the ME Defined values lt bcs gt 0 ME is powered by the battery 1 ME has a battery connected but is not powered by it 2 ME does not have a battery connected 3 Recognized power fault calls inhibited lt bcl gt 0 Battery is exhausted or ME does not have a battery connected 1 100 Battery has 1 100 percent of capacity remaining Informative example Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT CBC CBC 0 3 0 100 OK Signal quality CSQ Table CSQ parameter command syntax 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 69 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Command Possi
152. da ta gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CMGL lt index gt lt stat gt lt da oa gt lt alpha gt lt scts gt lt tooa toda gt lt length gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt da ta gt otherwise CMS ERROR lt err gt Description Execution command returns messages with status value lt stat gt from message storage lt mem1 gt to the TE About text mode parameters in italics refer command Show Text Mode Parameters CSDH If status of the message is received unread status in the storage changes to received read If listing fails final result code CMS ERROR lt err gt is returned NOTE If the selected lt mem1 gt can contain different types of SMs e g SMS DELIVERs SMS SUBMITs the response may be a mix of the responses of different SM types TE application can recognize the response format by examining the third response parameter Defined values lt stat gt integer type in PDU mode default 0 or string type in text mode default REC UNREAD indicates the status of message in memory defined values 0 REC UNREAD received unread message i e new message 1 REC READ received read message 2 STO UNSENT stored unsent message only applicable to SMS 3 STO SENT stored sent message only applicable toSMS 4 ALL all messages only applicable to CMGL command 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 111 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Informati
153. data command Image error line length wrong Image error page length wrong Image error wrong compression code 50 6F Transmit Phase D hangup codes 50 Unspecified transmit Phase D error 51 RSPREC error 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 180 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 70 8F No response to MPS repeated 3 times Invalid response to MPS No response to EOP repeated 3 times Invalid response to EOP No response to EOM repeated 3 times Invalid response to EOM Unable to continue after PIN or PIP Receive Phase B hangup codes 70 Unspecified receive Phase B error 71 RSPREC error 72 COMREC error 73 T 30 T2 timeout expected page not received 74 T 30 T1 timeout after EOM received 90 9F Receive Phase C hangup codes 90 Unspecified receive Phase C error 91 Missing EOL after 5 seconds 3 2 T 4 92 Bad CRC or frame ECM mode 93 DCE to DTE buffer overflow Receive Phase D hangup codes Unspecified receive Phase D errors RSPREC invalid response received COMREC invalid response received Unable to continue after PIN or PIP EO FF Reserved for future standardization Reserved for manufacturer specific use Informative examples FHS 00 Report Transmit HDLC Frames FHT Response Possible command s FHT lt transmitted HDLC frame octets gt Description 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 181 Version
154. de OK 2 Page bad retrain requested T 30 label RTN Result code ERROR 3 Page good retrain requested T 30 label RTP Result code OK 4 Page good remote request for procedure interrupt accepted T 30 label PIP Result code OK 5 Page bad retrain requested remote request for procedure interrupt accepted T 30 label PIN Result code ERROR Informative examples 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 197 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Copy Quality Checking FCQ Command Possible response s FCQ lt rq gt lt tq gt OK ERROR FCQ FCQ lt rq gt lt tq gt FCQ FCQ list of supported lt rq gt lt tq gt s Description The FCQ compound parameter controls copy quality checking and correction by a facsimile DCE The lt rq gt subparameter controls copy quality checking and correction of data received from the remote station and delivered to the local DTE the lt tq gt subparameter controls copy quality checking and correction of image data received from the local DTE and sent to the remote facsimile station Receive copy quality checking is the responsibility of the DCE for any data type supported However the DTE may turn off copy quality checking by setting FCQ 0 0 or by setting FND 1 8 5 2 10 T 32 Copy quality checking consists of determining if the incoming image data conforms to the negotiated standard format e g Recommendation T 4 or T 6
155. del of device Typically the text will consist of a single line containing the name of the product but manufacturers may choose to provide any information desired The total number of characters including line terminators in the information text returned in response to this command shall not exceed 2048 characters Note that the information text shall not contain the sequence 0 lt CR gt 3 0 0 13 or OK lt CR gt 4 15 4 11 0 13 so that DTE can avoid false detection of the this information text Result codes OK in all cases Informative Examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT GMM lt model gt 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 130 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ OK Request revision identification GMR Table Syntax GMR Command Possible response s GMR Description This command causes the DCE to transmit one or more lines of information text determined by the manufacturer which is intended to permit the user of the DCE to identify the version revision level or date or other pertinent information of the device Typically the text will consist of a single line containing the version of the product but manufacturers may choose to provide any information desired The total number of characters including line terminators in the information text returned in response to this command shall not exceed 2048 characters Note tha
156. des Alphabetic Numeric Description ATV1 ATV0 CONNECT 1 If connection is successfully established and X0 is selected This result code is transmitted immediately before circuit 109 is turned on CONNECT If connection is successfully established and Xn is lt text gt selected where n is any value other than 0 This result code is transmitted immediately before circuit 109 is turned on The contents of lt text gt are manufacturer specific and may include indication of DTE interface speed line speed error control and data compression techniques in use and other information NO CARRIER If a connection cannot be established or was aborted by reception of an additional character from the DTE ERROR 4 If issued while in online command state OK 0 If command is aborted by either reception of an additional character from the DTE or by the DTE turning off circuit 108 if amp D1 or amp D2 is selected see 6 2 9 or if the dial string is terminated by a semicolon character Hook control H Table Syntax H Command Possible response s H lt value gt Description This command instructs the DCE to disconnect from the line terminating any call in progress All of the functions of the command shall be completed before the DCE issues any result code Abortability This action may not be aborted Defined values 0 Disconnect from line and terminate call Result codes OK The res
157. do not press ENTER button afterward Device idle one second send and Idle for another one second Switch UART from data mode to command mode But the GPRS and TCP UDP connection still exist Using ATO as AT Command will set module from command mode to data mode Setting ATH in command mode will disconnect GPRS and TCP UDP And module will 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 289 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ return NO CARRIER when GPRS TCP connection has been terminated Via IO 10 pin the module will be notified if there is a SMS or an incoming call We can use to switch to command mode to check on the status of SMS and of call Once you are done with checking use ATO to switch back to data mode GPRS mode If data is transferring under M2M or GPRS mode either an incoming or a SMS will be blocked So IO 10 will not have any response at this time If no data is transferring under M2M or GPRS mode idling status then an incoming call or a SMS will be detected and pin IO 10 will be pull high for 46ms The DCD pin will show the GPRS connection status However DCD pin only show the status of GPRS connection It won t check the connection status of TCP UDP 2 8 5 EXAMPLE AT CGDCONT 1 IP INTERNET lt CR gt OK AT CGPCO 1 PAP 1 lt CR gt OK AT NOSLEEP 1 lt CR gt OK AT DESTINFO FTP NTU EDU TW 1 21 1 lt CR gt DESTINFO FTP NTU EDU TW 1 21
158. does not apply to ECM Phase C data frames These messages are not generated in direct execution of DTE action commands they are generated whenever the reported frame is sent or received for each frame Therefore the DTE should not attempt to change serial port rate or parity with FBU 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 182 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ set and DTE commands shall not be echoed The data shall be reported with each T 30 command separated by lt CR gt lt LF gt The frame octets will be represented in hex notation and separated by spaces The DCE shall delete HDLC Flags and FCS octets Frame octets are reported in the order sent or received Defined values Informative examples 2 4 3 Service Commands Service Class FCLASS Command Possible response s FCLASS lt n gt OK ERROR FCLASS lt n gt FCLASS list of supported lt n gt s Description Execution command puts the TA into a particular mode of operation data fax voice etc This causes the TA to process information in a manner suitable for that type of information rather than for other types of information Read command returns current Service Class settings of a Facsimile DCE The response shall be a single value Test command returns available Service Classes of a Facsimile DCE The response is a string of values separated by commas followed by a result code Defined values
159. e The command may have provided an lt L2P gt parameter value The TE may provide a PDP type and or PDP address to the MT during in the PDP startup procedure If any of this information is in conflict the command will fail Any PDP type and or PDP address present in the above information shall be compared with the PDP type and or PDP address in any context definitions specified in the command in the order in which their lt cid gt s appear For a context definition to match The PDP type must match exactly The PDP addresses are considered to match if they are identical or if either or both addresses are unspecified For example a PPP NCP request specifying PDP type IP and no PDP address would cause the MT to search through the specified context definitions for one with PDP type IP and any PDP address The context shall be activated using the matched value for PDP type and a static PDP address if available together with the other information found in the PDP context definition If a static PDP address is not available then a dynamic address is requested If no lt cid gt is given or if there is no matching context definition the MT shall attempt to activate the context with whatever information is available to the MT The other context parameters shall be set to their default values If the activation is successful data transfer may proceed After data transfer is complete and the layer 2 protocol termination procedure has 2006
160. e reported D8 A2 The facsimile DCE reports the frame it need not act on it Specification of any other Non Standard behavior is beyond the scope of this document Defined values 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 172 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Informative examples Report NSF Frames FNF Response Possible command s FNF lt NSF FIF string gt ATD ATA FDT FDR Description The response reports any received Non Standard Facility frames one response per frame Originate Answer FDT or FDR command execution may generate these responses if the corresponding frames are received The NSF Facsimile Information Field FIF frame octets beginning with the country code but not including the FCS are presented in hex notation and separated by spaces HDLC flags and zero bits inserted for transparency are removed Frame octets are reported in the order received For each frame octet the LSB is the first bit sent or received For example the two octet bit string 0001101101000101 would be reported D8 A2 The facsimile DCE reports the frame it need not act on it Specification of any other Non Standard behavior is beyond the scope of this document Defined values Informative examples Report NSS Frames FNS Response Possible command s FNS lt NSF FIF string gt ATD ATA FDT FDR 2006 BenQ Corporation AT Co
161. e MS AT Command AT CLVL CLVL 0 255 OK AT CLVL CLVL 175 OK AT CLVL 258 ERROR Mute CMUT Table CMUT parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CMUT lt n gt CME ERROR lt err gt CMUT CMUT lt n gt CMUT CMUT list of supported lt n gt S 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 74 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Description 1 This command is used to enable and disable the uplink voice muting during a voice call 2 Read the current mode is mute on or mute off 3 Test command returns supported values as compound value Defined values lt n gt integer type 0 MUTE OFF 1 MUTE ON Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command 1 Set command AT CMUT 1 OK 2 Set command AT CMUT 3 ERROR 3 Read command AT CMUT CMUT 0 OK 4 Test command AT CMUT CMUT 0 1 OK Accumulated call meter CACM Table CACM parameter command syntax 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 75 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Command Possible response s CACM lt passed gt CME ERROR lt err gt CACM CACM lt acm gt CME ERROR lt err gt Description Set command resets the Advice of Charge related accumulated call meter value in SIM card or in the active application in the UICC file EFacm ACM contains the total number of
162. e are allowed in FIS and FCC parameters For example to indicate support for BFT character mode and mixed modes the DTE should set the BF subparameter to 01 10 20 31 Values higher than 7F are reserved for future study 4 For each subparameter JP values 00 01 02 04 08 10 20 and 40 hexadecimal indicate a single choice All other values which are sums of these values shall be used to indicate multiple capabilities in FIS and FCC subparameters and to indicate the choice in FCS subparameters For example to indicate support for JPEG full color mode and no subsampling the DTE should set the JP subparameter to 01 02 10 13 If one or several of the values 02 up to 40 are not used that means that the default value for the subparameter e g respectively gray scale custom Huffman tables 8 bit pel component 4 1 1 subsampling ratio D50 illuminant default gamut range is used as defined in Annex E T 30 and Annex G T 4 Informative examples Report DTS Frame Information FTC 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 168 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Response Possible command s FTC lt VR gt lt BR gt ATD lt WDs gt lt LN gt lt DF gt ATA lt EC gt lt BF gt lt ST gt lt JP gt FDT FDR Description FTC lt subparameter string gt reports remote facsimile station capabilities and intentions Originate Answer FDT FDR command execution may generate these resp
163. e in SIM card or in the active application in the UICC file EFpyuct PUCT information can be used to convert the home units into currency units SIM PIN2 is usually required to set the parameters Defined values lt currency gt string type three character currency code character set as specified by command select TE Character Set lt ppu gt string type price per unit dot is used as a decimal separator Informative example Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT CPUC 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 77 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ CPUC OK AT CPUC NT 5 00 CME ERROR SIM PIN2 required Call Meter maximum event CCWE Table CCWE parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CCWE lt mode gt CME ERROR lt err gt CCWE CCWE lt mode gt CME ERROR lt err gt CCWE CCWE list of supported lt modes gt s CME ERROR lt err gt Description Shortly before the ACM Accumulated Call Meter maximum value is reached an unsolicited result code CCWV will be sent if enabled by this command The warning is issued approximately when 30 seconds call time remains It is also issued when starting a call if less than 30 s call time remains If setting fails in an ME error CME ERROR lt err gt is returned Read command returns the current setting Test command returns supported settings Defined values lt mode g
164. e is not recognized an Error code is issued AT response syntax The default response is text mode that is shown below See the command V for further details The format of a response is as follows lt CR gt lt LF gt lt response gt lt CR gt lt LF gt The lt response gt can be e Basic format result code such as OK Extended syntax result code prefixed with a plus sign lt name gt lt value gt The result codes are separate by commas if it s included several values The lt value gt followed by the colon is separated by a space It is also possible that result codes have no value Unlike basic format result codes extended syntax result codes have no numeric equivalent and are always issued in alphabetic form There are two types of result code responses Final result code A final result code indicates to the TE that execution of the command is completed and another command may be issued If you typed an implemented AT command you should get the result code OK If you typed an AT command that was not implemented or which had the wrong parameter or syntax you will get the result code ERROR or else for example CME ERROR followed by an error code Unsolicited result code Unsolicited result codes such as RING indicate the occurrence of an event not directly associated with a command being issued from TE 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 4 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 1
165. e of in band tones for that call can be monitored by the values of lt ibt gt and lt tch gt lt dir gt describes the direction of the call lt CLI validity gt describe the validity of calling line identification The value of lt mode gt describes the mode of the call e g voice or data lt number gt is call number The value of lt toa gt describes the type of number e g international number starting with lt alpha gt is the alpha identifier of the called number as stored in the phonebook Test command returns values supported by the TA as compound value Defined values lt n gt parameter sets shows the result code presentation status in the TA 0 disable 1 enable 2 enable with call number information 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 273 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ lt cld gt integer type call identification number as described in GSM 02 30 subclause 4 5 5 1 lt msgType gt layer 3 message type 0 setup message disconnect message alert message call proceed message synchronization message progress message 6 call connected message lt ibt gt status of the usage of in band tones ark WD 0 no in band tones 1 in band tones lt tch gt TCH assignment 0 TCH not assigned 1 TCH assigned lt dir gt 0 Mobile originated call 1 Mobile terminated call lt mode gt Voice Data Fax VFDVoice VADVoice VAF Voice VFDData VADData VAFFax unknow
166. e present in the HLR for this subscriber This command may be used in both normal and modem compatibility modes NOTE The dial string conforms to the syntax specified in GSM 02 30 Defined Values 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 239 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ lt GPRS_SC gt GPRS Service Code a digit string value 99 which identifies a request to use the GPRS lt called_address gt a string that identifies thecalled party in the address space applicable to the PDP For communications software that does not support arbitrary characters in the dial string a numeric equivalent may be used Also the character comma May be used as a substitute for the character period lt host gt lt port gt lt protocol gt where lt host gt lt port gt and lt protocol gt are defined in the CGDCONT description For communications software that does not support arbitrary characters in the dial string a numeric equivalent may be used However this should be avoided if at all possible lt L2P gt a string which indicates the layer 2 protocol to be used see CGDATA command For communications software that does not support arbitrary characters in the dial string a numeric equivalent shall be used 0 NULL 1 PPP 2 PAD 3 X25 9yyyy M xxxx Other values are reserved and will result in an ERROR response to the set command NOTE V 250 and certain communications software do
167. e response s If SATM 1 SATI lt CmdType gt See Table 1 Table 1 If SATM 1 CmdType Description Possible response s 0 Get information about SATI lt CmdType gt lt Alpha Identifier gt Setup Menu SATI lt CmdType gt lt Id1 gt lt counts gt lt Alpha id1 name gt pro active command lt Help info gt lt NextAction gt SATI lt CmdType gt lt ld2 gt lt counts gt lt Alpha id2 name gt lt Help info gt lt NextAction gt No action expected from SIM 1 Get information about SATI lt CmdType gt lt KeyType gt lt Format gt Get Input pro active lt EchoMode gt lt MinSize gt lt MaxSize gt lt Helpinfo gt command lt Textlnfo gt SIM expects key input 2 Get information about SATI lt CmdType gt lt KeyType gt lt Format gt lt Helpinfo gt Get Inkey pro active lt Textinfo gt command SIM expects key input 3 Get information about SATI lt CmdType gt lt Defaultltem gt lt Alpha Identifier gt l Select Item pro active SATI lt CmdType gt lt ld1i gt lt counts gt lt Alpha id1 name gt 2006 BenQ Corporation AT Command User Manual Confidential Property 297 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ command lt Help info gt lt NextAction gt SATI lt CmdType gt lt ld2 gt lt counts gt lt Alpha id2 name gt lt Help info gt lt NextAction gt SIM expects an item be selected
168. e time in seconds to wait before call is forwarded default value 20 lt Status gt 0 Not active 1 Active Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command os Query status AT CCFC 0 2 Query the status of unconditional forwarding CCFC 0 1 Interrogated result not active voice OK 2 Registration Before enable disable and erasure you should register the SS service AT CCFC 0 3 0123456789 Register unconditional forwarding to 0123456789 and activated the service OK 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 48 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ It doesn t means that the SS service is registered successfully You should query the status to confirm the result 3 Deactivate AT CCFC 0 0 Disable unconditional forwarding OK 4 Activate AT CCFC 0 1 Enable unconditional forwarding 5 Erasure AT CCFC 0 4 Erase registered unconditional forwarding data Note After registering unconditional call forwarding one can t register another reason s service Call waiting service CCWA Table CCWA parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CCWA lt n gt lt mode gt CME ERROR lt err gt lt class gt When lt mode gt 2 and command successful CCWA lt status gt lt class1 gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CCWA lt status gt lt class2 gt CCWA CCWA lt n gt CCWA CCWA list o
169. e timer in seconds 1 255 where 10 is default lt k gt window size for advanced operation with Error Recovery options 1 7 where 2 is default Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT CMUX CMUX 1 0 1 5 10 100 1 255 0 100 2 255 1 255 1 7 OK Mux Example Request 92 8 3 F 05 38 36 812492864 300 4480146000 seconds 41 54 45 30 51 30 56 31 OD ATEOQOV1 Normal AT command mode at initial Answer 92 8 3 F4 05 38 36 822507464 0 0100146000 seconds OD 0A 4F 4B 0D 0A OK The response of ATEOQOV1 Request 92 8 3 F4 05 38 37 583617064 0 5908614000 seconds 41 54 2B 43 4D 55 58 3D 31 2C 30 2C 35 0D AT CMUX 1 0 5 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 18 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Mux mode enable command Advanced without error recovery Answer 92 8 3 F4 05 38 37 593631664 0 0100146000 seconds OD OA 4F 4B OD 0A OK The response of MUX mode command From now on all command and information should be encapsulated with HDLC format Request 92 8 3 F4 05 38 38 394799664 0 801 1680000 seconds 7E 03 3F FC 7E Dii First SABM packet to start DLC 0 that is disconnected mode Answer 92 8 3 FF 05 38 38 404814264 0 0100146000 seconds 7E 03 73 85 7E mas wa The ACK of first SABM After sending the response packet the control channel DLC 0 is established Request 92 8 3 F4 05 38 38 6551 79264 0
170. e types along the current service setting Test command returns a list of all services supported by the TA Defined values lt service gt 0 GSM 03 40 and 03 41 1 GSM 03 40 and 03 41 the requirement of lt service gt setting 1 is mentioned under corresponding command descriptions lt mt gt lt mo gt lt bm gt 0 type not supported 1 type supported Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command Set Message Service AT CSMS 0 CSMS 1 1 1 OK 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 97 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 2 Show Message Service AT CSMS CSMS 0 1 1 1 OK Preferred Message Storage CPMS Table CPMS parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CPMS lt mem1 gt lt mem CPMS lt used1 gt lt total1 gt lt used2 gt 2 gt lt mem3 gt lt total2 gt lt used3 gt lt total3 gt CMS ERROR lt err gt CPMS CPMS lt used1 gt lt total1 gt lt used2 gt lt total2 gt lt used3 gt lt total3 gt CMS ERROR lt err gt CPMS CPMS list of supported lt mem1 gt s list of supported lt mem2 gt s list of supported lt mems3 gt s Description Set command selects memory storages lt mem1 gt lt mem2 gt and lt mem3 gt to be used for reading writing etc If chosen storage is not appropriate for the ME but is supported by the TA final result code CMS ERR
171. ection is disabled and busy detection is enabled CONNECT lt text gt result code is given upon entering online data state Dial tone and busy detection are both enabled Information examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command 1 ATXO OK 2 ATX1 OK 2006 BenQ Corporation AT Command User Manual 140 Confidential Property Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ ATX2 OK ATX3 OK ATX4 OK Circuit 109 Received line signal detector behavior amp C Table Syntax amp C Command Possible response s amp C lt value gt Description This parameter determines how the state of circuit 109 relates to the detection of received line signal from the distant end Changing the parameter will take effect immediately in both the command and online command states In amp C1 mode of operation circuit 109 is not turned off until all data previously received from the remote DCE is delivered to the local DTE However such buffered data shall be discarded and circuit 109 turned off if the DTE turns off circuit 108 if amp D1 or amp D2 is set Defined values 0 The DCE always presents the ON condition on circuit 109 1 Circuit 109 changes in accordance with the underlying DCE which may include functions other than the physical layer functions e g Recommendations V 42 V 110 V 120 and V 13 Recommended default setting 1 Circuit 109 changes in accordance with the underly
172. ed FTI FCl and FPI reports are suppressed ID strings are reported FTI FCl and FPI reports are generated Non standard frames are not reported FNF FNS land FNC reports are suppressed Non standard frames are reported FNF FNS land FNC reports are generated Informative examples 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 192 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT FNR 1 1 1 0 OK Address and Polling Capabilities FAP Command Possible response s FAP lt sub gt lt sep gt OK lt pwd gt ERROR FAP FAP lt sub gt lt sep gt lt pwd gt FAP FAP list of supported lt sub gt lt sep gt lt pwd gt s Description The command indicates inbound subaddressing selective polling and password capabilities to remote station via the corresponding bits in the DIS or DTC frames Defined values lt sub gt lt sep gt lt pwd gt 0 disable 1 enable Informative examples Address and Polling Frames Subaddress FSA Command Possible response s FSA lt destination OK subaddress string gt ERROR FSA FSA lt destination subaddress string gt FSA FSA list of supported characters Description 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 193 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ The DCE shall send the nume
173. ed Values lt attach_mode gt set GPRS attach mode 0 automatic power on attach 1 attach by request when a PDP context is being activated lt detach_mode gt set GPRS detach mode 0 detach when all PDP contexts are deactivated 1 detach when power off Information examples 1 AT CGAATT 0 1 set MS as power on attach and store this setting into the file system 2 AT CGAATT 1 0 set MS as no power on attach 3 AT CGAATT Query current setting 2 7 4 Flash Memory Check FSCHK Table FSCHK parameter command syntax Command Possible response s FSCHK 0 OK 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 279 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Description This command is used to perform software test on flash memory And the input must be set as 0 The response will be OK if no software problem was found otherwise it return an simple ERROR Example AT FSCHK 0 OK 2 7 5 Play Tone on Loud Speaker CLSL Table CLSL parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CLSL lt isEnable gt lt volume gt OK ERROR lt freq gt lt duration gt Description This command allows a tone to be played on current loud speaker Frequency volume and duration can be set Defined values lt isEnable gt 0 Stop playing 1 Play a tone lt volume gt 1 63 This parameter sets the tone volume The default value is 63 lt freq gt 1 255 This parameter
174. ed to configure the LEVELMAX coefficient The LEVELMAX 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 258 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ coefficient is the maximum number of attenuation level Note that this command has to be used after audio path is configured by ATSAUPATH Defined values Listing the parameters and defining the values lt LEVELMAX Value gt 0 65535 The LEVELMAX coefficient value Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT AUPATHZE3 1 AUPATH 1 OK Set LEVELMAX coefficient ATS AULEVELMAX 2704 OK 2 6 16 Audio FIL AUFIL Table AUFIL parameter command syntax Command Possible response s AUFIL lt FIL_value gt OK AUFIL AUFIL list of supported lt value gt OK AUFIL AUFIL lt FIL value gt OK Description This command is used to configure the FIL coefficient The FIL coefficient is the modifying factor of far_end_noise for filtering decision Note that this command has to be used after audio path is configured by AT AUPATH 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 259 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Defined values Listing the parameters and defining the values lt FIL Value gt 0 65535 The FIL coefficient value Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT AUPATHS3 1 AUPATH 1 OK Set FIL coefficient
175. ed with phonebook service Select phonebook memory storage CPBS Table CPBS parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CPBS lt storage gt CME ERROR lt err gt CPBS CPBS lt storage gt lt used gt lt total gt CME ERROR lt err gt CPBS CPBS list of supported lt storage gt s Description 1 Set command selects phonebook memory storage lt storage gt which is used by other phonebook commands If settings fails in an MS error CME ERROR lt err gt is returned 2 Read command returns currently selected memory this used entry numbers and the entire entry numbers in the selected storage 3 Test command returns supported storages as compound value Defined values lt storage gt string type EN SIM USIM or ME emergency number CPBW is not be applicable for this storage FD SIM fix dialing phonebook DC MTdialled calls list CPBW may not be applicable for this storage LD SIM UICC last dialing phonebook 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 81 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ RC Last received umbers SM Abbreviated dialing numbers MC Last missed number ON Own number lt used gt the used entry numbers within the selected storage lt total gt the all entry numbers within the selected storage Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command Set com
176. efault 0 0x00 plain text 0x21 telex 0x22 group 3 telefax 0x23 group 4 telefax 0x24 voice telephone 0x25 ERMES 0x26 National paging system 0x32 Internet Electronic Mail 3GPP TS 23 040 TP Recipient Address Address Value field in string format BCD numbers or GSM default alphabet characters are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character set refer CSCS type of address given by lt tora gt 3GPP TS 24 011 RP SC address Address Value field in string format BCD numbers or GSM default alphabet characters are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 95 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ set refer CSCS type of address given by lt tosca gt lt scts gt 3GPP TS 23 040 TP Service Centre Time Stamp in time string format refer lt dt gt lt sn gt 3GPP TS 23 041CBM Serial Number in integer format lt st gt 3GPP 23 040 TP Status in integer format lt toda gt 3GPP 24 011 TP Destination Address Type of Address octet in integer format when first character of lt da gt is IRA 43 default is 145 otherwise default is 129 lt tooa gt 3GPP 24 011 TP Originating Address Type of Address octet in integer format default refer lt toda gt lt tosca gt 3GPP 24 011 RP SC address Type of Address octet in integer format default refer lt toda gt lt tora gt 3GPP 24 011 TP Originating Address Type of Addres
177. efault 7 1 Voice 2 Data 4 Fax 8 Short message 16 Data circuit sync 32 Data circuit async 64 Dedicated packet access 128 Dedicated PAD access Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT CLCK 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 39 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ CLCK SC AO Ol OX Al IR AB AG AC FD PS PN PU PP PC PF OK 1 Enable PIN with 1234 AT CLCK SC 1 1234 OK 2 Disable PIN AT CLCK SC 0 1234 OK 3 Query the PIN lock status AT CLCK SC 2 CLCK 0 OK 4 Activate all outgoing calls barring AT CLCK A0O 1 1234 OK 5 Disable all outgoing calls barring AT CLCK AO 0 1234 OK Change password CPWD Table CPWD action command syntax Command Possible response s CPWD lt fac gt lt oldpwd gt lt newpwd gt CME ERROR lt err gt CPWD CPWD list of supported lt fac gt lt pwdlength gt s CME ERROR lt err gt Description Action command sets a new password for the facility lock function defined by command Facility Lock CLCK Defined values lt fac gt P2 SIM PIN2 refer Facility Lock CLCK for other values 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 40 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ lt oldpwd gt lt newpwd gt string type lt oldpwd gt shall be the same as pas
178. entification QMR 131 Request product serial number identification GSN Request complete capabilities list GCAP 132 Command line termination character S3 134 Response formatting character S4 Command line editing character S5 135 Command echo E 136 Result code suppression Q DCE response format V 138 Result code selection and call progress monitoring control X 140 Circuit 109 Received line signal detector behavior amp C 141 Circuit 108 Data terminal ready behavior amp D 142 Fixed DTE rate IPR 143 DTE DCE character framing ICF 144 DTE DCE local
179. er Manual 176 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 1 Page good T 30 label MCF Result code OK 2 Page bad retrain requested T 30 label RTN Result code ERROR 3 Page good retrain requested T 30 label RTP Result code OK 4 Page good remote request for procedure interrupt accepted T 30 label PIP Result code OK 5 Page bad retrain requested remote request for procedure interrupt accepted T 30 label PIN Result code ERROR Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT FDR CONNECT lt page data gt lt RTC pattern gt lt DLE gt lt ETX gt FPS 1 OK Post Page Messages Response FET Response Possible command s FET lt ppm gt FDR Description The FET lt post page message gt response is generated by a receiving facsimile DCE on receipt of the post page message from the transmitting station in execution of a FDR command The lt ppm gt codes correspond to the T 30 post page messages Defined values lt ppm gt Post Page Message 0 Another page next same document T 30 mnemonic MPS 1 Another document next T 30 mnemonic EOM 2 No more pages or documents T 30 mnemonic EOP 3 Another page next same document procedure interrupt requested T 30 2006 BenQ Corporation AT Command User Manual Confidential Property 177 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ mnemonic PRI MPS 4 Another document next T 30 mnemonic
180. er specific however the IPR parameter should permit the setting of any rate supported by the DCE during online operation Rates which include a non integral number of bits per second should be truncated to the next lower integer e g 134 5 bit s should be specified as 134 45 45 bit s should be specified as 45 If unspecified or set to 0 automatic detection is selected for the range determined by 4 3 and the DCE manufacturer and the character format is also forced to autodetect ICF 0 see 6 2 11 Recommended default setting It is recommended that the default for this parameter be the automatic detection setting 0 which facilitates initial DTE DCE communications Information examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT IPR IPR 75 150 300 600 1200 2400 4800 7200 9600 14400 19200 28800 33900 38400 57600 115200 OK AT IPR IPR 115200 OK DTE DCE character framing ICF Table Syntax ICF Command Possible response s ICF lt format gt lt parity gt ICF ICF lt format gt lt parity gt HCF 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 144 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ ICF list of supported lt format gt values list of supported lt parity gt values Description This extended format compound parameter is used to determine the local serial port start stop asynchronous character framing that the DCE
181. ere is the message written out in full 0011000B916407861582F50000A704D4E2940A Equivalently we could write this as 07916407058099F91 1000B916407861582F50000A704D4E2940A These two have one difference and that is how we have chosen to describe the SCA In the first SMS we use 00 This is a valid SCA with a length equal to zero Therefore we are using the default SCA given by the SIM card or as given by the AT command AT CSCA 07916407058099F9 Here is the SCA hex encoded binary The first octet 07 is a length indicator in this case there are 7 octets to follow The second octet 91 tells us about the numbering plan and type of number of the coming address In this case the 91 says that the address is in international phone number format Then follows the actual service center address 6407058099F9 Every pair of 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 6 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ digits is swap that there is an odd number of digits in the phone number and therefore a half byte of fill digits is required at the end hence the hexadecimal F9 The exact meaning of all the octets and fields in the SCA address is described in detail in 3GPP 23 040 Let s analyze the message by breaking it down into its component parts 11 This octet contains many 1 bit and 2 bit fields that are described in detail in GSM 03 40 These include TP MTI message type indicator TP RD more messages waiting
182. es lt tone gt A single ASCII character in the set 0 9 A D NOTE In GSM this operates only in voice mode Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 89 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Initial the MS AT Command AT VTS VTS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D OK Setup voice call first AT VTS 1 OK AT VTS 9 OK Play DTMF tone WDTMF Table WDTMF parameter command syntax Command Possible response s WDTMF lt isEnable gt lt dt OK mf gt lt gain gt lt duration gt Description This specific command allows a DTMF tone to be played on the current speaker DTMF gain and duration can be set This command is only used to play a DTMF tone To send a DTMF over the GSM network use the VTS command Defined values lt isEnable gt 0 Stop playing 1 Play a DTMF tone lt dtmf gt This parameter sets the DTMF to play in 0 9 4 A B C D mandatory if lt mode gt 1 lt gain gt 0 48 This parameter sets tone gain By default the value is 9 lt duration gt 0 50 This parameter sets the tone duration unit of 100 ms When this parameter is 0 default value the duration is infinite and the DTMF 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 90 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ tone can be stopped by AT WDTMF 0 Receive gain selection VGR Table VGR para
183. es not permit arbitrary characters in the dial string The lt L2P gt and lt called_address gt strings are therefore specified as containing digits 0 9 only lt cid gt a digit string which specifies a particular PDP context definition see CGDCONT command 2 5 15 Automatic response to a network request for PDP context activation S0 The V 25ter SO n Automatic answer command may be used to turn off n 0 and on n gt 0 the automatic response to a network request for a PDP context activation When the SO n n gt 0 command is received the MT shall attempt ts perform a GPRS attach if it is not already attached Failure will result in ERROR being returned to the TE Subsequently the MT will announce a network request for PDP context activation by issuing the unsolicited result code Ring to the TE followed by the intermediate result code CONNECT The MT then enters V 25ter online data state and follows the same procedure as it would after having received a CGANS 1 with no lt L2P gt or lt cid gt values 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 240 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ specified NOTE The SO n n 0 command does not perform an automatic GPRS detach Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command 1 Query SO Support ATS0 S0 0 255 OK 2 Set S0 1 ATSO 1 OK ATSO 001 OK 2 5 16 Manual acceptance of a network request
184. es supported by the TA as a compound value Defined values lt mode gt 0 disables extended format 1 enables extended format 2006 BenQ Corporation AT Command User Manual Confidential Property 28 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ lt type gt ASYNC asynchronous transparent SYNC synchronous transparent REL ASYNC asynchronous non transparent REL SYNC synchronous non transparent FAX facsimile TS 62 VOICE normal voice TS 11 VOICE XXX voice followed by data BS81 XXX is ASYNC SYNC REL ASYNC or REL SYNC ALT VOICE XxXxX alternating voice data voice first BS 61 ALT XXX VOICE alternating voice data data first BS 61 ALT VOICE FAX alternating voice fax voice first TS 61 ALT FAX VOICE alternating voice fax fax first TS 61 GPRS lt PDP_type gt lt PDP_addr gt lt L2P gt lt APN gt GPRS network request for PDP context activation lt PDP_type gt lt PDP_addr gt and lt APN gt are as defined in the Define PDP Context CGDCONT command The optional lt L2P gt proposes a layer 2 protocol to use between the MT and the TE It is defined in the Enter GPRS Data Mode CGDATA command Informative example Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT CRC CRC 0 OK AT CRC CRC 0 1 OK AT CRC 1 OK CRING VOICE MT call 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 29 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Single numbering scheme CSNS T
185. esponse s FIS lt VR gt lt BR gt OK lt WD gt lt LN gt lt DF gt ERROR FIS FIS lt VR gt lt BR gt lt WD gt lt LN gt lt DFs gt lt ECs lt BF gt lt ST gt lt JP gt FIS FIS list of supported lt VR gt lt BR gt lt WD gt lt LN gt lt DF gt lt EC gt lt BF gt lt ST gt lt JP gt Description FIS allows the DTE to sense and constrain the capabilities of current session The DCE uses FIS to generate DIS or DTC messages directly and uses FIS and received DIS messages to generate DCS messages The DCE shall set the FIS parameter from the FCC parameter on DCE initialization upon FIP command execution when FCC is written and at the end of a session Defined values See FCS Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal 2006 BenQ Corporation AT Command User Manual Confidential Property 185 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Initial the MS AT Command AT FIS 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 OK Current Session Result FCS Command Possible response s FCS FCS lt VR gt lt BR gt lt WD gt lt LN gt lt DF gt lt ECs lt BF gt lt ST gt lt JP gt Description The FCS parameter is loaded with the negotiated T 30 parameters for the current session A transmitting DCE generates DCS a receiving DCE gets DCS from the remote station The DTE may only read this parameter The DCE shall set the FCS parameter to the
186. esponse to the command ME sends the actual SIM information parameters and response data ME error result code CME ERROR may be returned when the command cannot be passed to the SIM but failure in the execution of the command in the SIM is reported in lt sw1 gt and lt sw2 gt parameters Coordination of command requests to SIM and the ones issued by GSM UMTS application inside the ME is implementation dependent However the TE should be aware of the precedence of the GSM UMTS application commands to the TE commands Defined values lt command gt command passed on by the ME to the SIM 176 READ BINARY 178 READ RECORD 192 GET RESPONSE 214 UPDATE BINARY 220 UPDATE RECORD 242 STATUS all other values are reserved NOTE 1 The ME internally executes all commands necessary for selecting the desired file before performing the actual command lt fileid gt integer type this is the identifier of a elementary datafile on SIM Mandatory for every command except STATUS 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 71 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ NOTE 2 The range of valid file identifiers depends on the actual SIM and is defined in GSM 51 011 28 Optional files may not be present at all lt P1 gt lt P2 gt lt P3 gt integer type parameters passed on by the ME to the SIM These parameters are mandatory for every command except GET RESPONSE and STATUS The values are described in GSM 51 011
187. f supported lt n gt s Description This command allows control of the Call Waiting supplementary service Activation deactivation and status query are supported When querying the status of a network service lt mode gt 2 the response line for not active case lt status gt 0 should be returned only if services not active for any lt class gt Parameter lt n gt is used to disable enable the presentation of an unsolicited result code CCWA lt number gt lt type gt lt class gt lt alpha gt lt CLI validity gt to the TE when call waiting service is enabled 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 49 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Command should be abortable when network is interrogated Defined values lt N gt integer type sets shows the unsolicited result code presentation status in the TA 0 Disable 1 Enable lt Mode gt integer type operation mode of 0 Disable 1 Enable 2 Query status lt Status gt integer type CCWA status 0 Not active 1 Active lt Class gt is a sum of integers each representing a class of information 1 Voice 2 Data refers to all bearer services with lt mode gt 2 this may refer only to some bearer service if TA does not support values 16 32 64 and 128 4 Fax facsimile services 8 Short message service 16 Data circuit sync 32 Data circuit async 64 Dedicated packet access 128 Dedicated PAD access lt Number gt string type
188. for PDP context activation A The V 25ter A Answer command may be used to accept a network request for a PDP context activation announced by the unsolicited result code RING The MT responds with CONNECT enters V 25ter online data state and follows the same procedure as it would after having received a CGANS 1 with no lt cid gt values specified It is an error to issue the A command when there is no outstanding network request Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command Ring ATA OK 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 241 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 2 5 17 Manual rejection of a network request for PDP context activation H The V 25ter H or HO On hook command may be used to reject a network request for PDP context activation announced by the unsolicited result code RING The MT responds with OK It is an error to issue the H command when there is no outstanding network request NOTE This is an extension to the usage of the H command that is described in ITU T V 25ter Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command ATD0921214863 OK ATH OK 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 242 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 2 6 Module specific AT Commands 2 6 1 Power Off POWEROFF Table POWEROFF parameter command syntax
189. g a message 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 310 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 302 Operation not allowed 303 Operation not supported 304 Invalid PDU mode parameter 305 Invalid text mode parameter 310 SIM not inserted 311 SIM PIN necessary 312 SIM PIN necessary for PH SM 313 SIM failure 314 SIM busy 315 SIM wrong 316 SIM PUK required 317 SIM PIN2 required 318 SIM PUK2 required 320 Memory failure write of SMS to specified memory failed 321 Invalid memory index 322 Memory full 330 SMSC address unknown 331 No network service 332 Network timeout 500 Unknown error 11 Other values within the range from 256 to 511 are reserved 512 Fail to abort 513 ACM reset needed 520 Invalid parameter in primitive 521 Entity is busy 523 SMS service not supported on SIM 555 Memory full and at least one SMS in SC 2 11 3 Extended Error result code EXT ERROR lt unsolicited gt lt p gt Table EXT ERROR parameter Syntax Command Possible response s Wrong EXT ERROR lt err gt Defined Values Code of lt err gt Meaning 1 Parameter not allowed 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 311 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 2 Data corrupted 3 Internal error 4 Call table full 5
190. g active primary context exists If the primary PDP context associated with a PDP address is deactivated all the associated secondary contexts are deactivated too and the data transfer for that PDP address is disabled The read command returns the current activation states for all the defined PDP contexts The test command is used for requesting information on the supported PDP context activation states NOTE This command has the characteristics of both the V 25ter action and parameter commands Hence it has the read form in addition to the execution set and test forms Defined Values lt state gt indicates the state of PDP context activation 0 deactivated 1 activated Other values are reserved and will result in an ERROR response to the execution command lt cid gt a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition see the CGDCONT and CGDSCONT commands 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 222 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command 1 Query CGACT Support AT CGACT CGACT 0 1 OK 2 Set CGACT AT CGACT 1 OK AT CGACT CGACT 1 1 OK 2 5 6 Enter data state CGDATA Table CGDATA action command syntax Command Possible Response s CGDATA lt L2P gt lt cid gt lt cid gt CONNECT IIT ERROR CGDATA CGDATA list of Supported lt L2P gt s Desc
191. g is activated or not Read command is available when the unsolicited result code is supported Defined values lt Mode gt 0 Query CCM value 1 Deactivate the unsolicited reporting of CCM value 2 Activate the unsolicited reporting of CCM value lt ccm gt string type three bytes of the current call meter value in hexadecimal format Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT CAOC CAOC 000000 OK AT CAOC CAOC 1 OK AT CAOC CAOC 0 2 OK Supplementary service notifications CSSN Table CSSN parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CSSN lt n gt lt m gt CSSN CSSN lt n gt lt m gt CSSN CSSN list of supported lt n gt s list of supported 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 56 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Lo kms oS O Description This command refers to supplementary service related network initiated notifications The set command enables disables the presentation of notification result codes from TA to TE When lt n gt 1 and a supplementary service notification is received after a mobile originated call setup intermediate result code CSSI lt code1 gt lt index gt is sent to TE before any other MO call setup result codes presented in the present document or in V 25ter When several different lt code1 gt s are received from the network each of them shall have i
192. ges to received read If reading fails final result code CMS ERROR lt err gt is returned State If lt State gt equal to 1 MS will not change the reading state of the message If lt State gt equal to 0 MS will change the reading state of the message Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command 1 read the message AT CMGR 0 CMGR 1 CMGR 2 CMGR 4 CMGR 2 26 07918896834348221 1B602812500008F 13683A1DAE7BBDEEF7BB4B5C76C75DE3771 B CMGR 2 26 07918896834348221 1B602812500008F 13683A1DAE7BBDEEF 7BB4B5C76C75DE3771 B CMGR 2 36 079188968343482251B702812200008F 1E040D021800A0E974B8EEF5BADFEF2E71D9 1D778DDF6D90 3A4C0601 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 113 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ CMGR 2 35 079188968343482251BA02812500008F 1 DOA0A030606010A030C04020893D567BA421 D26ABE98A7B 5B1D06 OK 2 reading fail AT CMGR 3 ERROR NEW Message Acknowledgement to ME TA CNMA Table CNMA Action Command Syntax Command Possible response s If text mode CMGF 1 CMS ERROR lt err gt CNMA CNMA Description Execution command confirms correct reception of a new message SMS DELIVER or SMS STATUS REPORT which is routed directly to the TE refer command CNMI tables 2 and 4 This acknowledgement command causing ME to send RP ACK to the network shall be used when CSMS parameter lt service gt equals 1 TA sh
193. gt lt mean gt CGQMIN CGQMIN lt PDP_type gt list of supported lt precedence gt s list of supported lt delay gt s list of supported lt reliability gt s list of supported lt peak gt s list of supported lt mean gt s lt CR gt lt LF gt CGQMIN lt PDP_type gt list of supported lt precedence gt s list of supported lt delay gt s list of supported lt reliability gt s list of supported lt peak gt s list of supported lt mean gt s Description This command allows the TE to specify a minimum acceptable profile which is checked by the MT against the negotiated profile returned in the Activate PDP Context Accept message The set command specifies a profile for the context identified by the local context identification parameter lt cid gt Since this is the same parameter that is used in the CGDCONT and CGDSCONT commands the CGQMIN command is effectively an extension to these commands The QoS profile consists of a number of parameters each 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 218 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ of which may be set to a separate value A special form of the set command CGQMIN lt cid gt causes the minimum acceptable profile for context number lt cid gt to become undefined In this case no check is made against the negotiated profile The read command returns the current settings for eac
194. gt CGDCONT range of supported lt cid gt s lt PDP_type gt list of supported lt d_comp gt s list of supported lt h_comp gt s list of supported lt pd1 gt s list of supported lt pdN gt s eae Description The set command specifies PDP context parameter values for a PDP context identified by the local context identification parameter lt cid gt The number of PDP contexts that may 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 213 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ be in a defined state at the same time is given by the range returned by the test command A special form of the set command CGDCONT lt cid gt causes the values for context number lt cid gt to become undefined The read command returns the current settings for each defined context The test command returns values supported as a compound value If the MT supports several PDP types lt PDP_type gt the parameter value ranges for each lt PDP_type gt are returned on a separate line Defined values lt cid gt PDP Context Identifier a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition The parameter is local to the TE MT interface and is used in other PDP context related commands The range of permitted values minimum value 1 is returned by the test form of the command lt PDP_type gt Packet Data Protocol type a string parameter which specifies the type of packet da
195. h Detach Mode CGAATT 278 2 7 4 Flash Memory Check FSCHK 279 2 7 5 Play Tone on Loud Speaker CLSL 280 2 7 6 Play Tone on Speaker CSSL 281 2 7 7 Get PIN1 PIN2 PUK1 PUK2 remaining number PVRPF 282 2 7 8 SIM Authentication SIMAUTH 282 2 7 9 RTC DATE DATE nnn 282 2 7 10 RTC Time TIME 283 2 7 11 Green LED Setting GLED 284 2 7 12 SIM card test SIMTEST 285 2 8 M2M Machine to Machine 2 0 0 0nnennsennenncnnnennenncnnn 287 2 8 1 PCO string for context activation CGPCO 287 2 8 2 TCP IP Timeout for M2M packet TIMEOUT 287 2 8 3 TCP IP Remote destination Server information DESTINFO 288 2 8 4 Dial up M2M TPC
196. h defined context The test command returns values supported as a compound value If the MT supports several PDP types the parameter value ranges for each PDP type are returned on a separate line Defined values lt cid gt a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition see the CGDCONT and CGDSCONT commands The following parameters are defined in GSM 03 60 lt precedence gt a numeric parameter which specifies the precedence class lt delay gt a numeric parameter which specifies the delay class lt reliability gt a numeric parameter which specifies the reliability class lt peak gt a numeric parameter which specifies the peak throughput class lt mean gt a numeric parameter which specifies the mean throughput class If a value is omitted for a particular class then this class is not checked Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command 1 Query CGQMIN Support AT CGQMIN CGQMIN IP 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 9 1 18 31 OK 2 Set CGQMIN AT CGQMIN 1 1 1 1 1 1 OK AT CGQMIN CGQMIN 1 1 1 1 1 1 OK AT CGQMIN 1 0 1 1 1 1 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 219 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ OK AT CGQMIN CGQMIN 1 0 1 1 1 1 OK 2 5 4 GPRS attach or detach CGATT Table CGATT action command syntax Command Possible Response s CGATT lt state gt OK ERROR CGATT CGATT lt state gt CGA
197. here characters indicate year two last digits month day hour minutes seconds and time zone E g 6th of May 1994 22 10 00 GMT 2 hours equals to 94 05 06 22 10 00 08 depending on the command or result code first octet of 3GPP 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 94 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ lt length gt lt mr gt lt 0a gt lt pdu gt lt pid gt lt ra gt lt SCa gt 23 040 SMS DELIVER SMS SUBMIT default 17 SMS STATUS REPORT or SMS COMMAND default 2 in integer format Integer type value indicating in the text mode CMGF 1 the length of the message body lt data gt in characters or in PDU mode CMGF 0 the length of the actual TP data unit in octets i e the RP layer SMSC address octets are not counted in the length 3GPP TS 23 040 TP Message Reference in integer format 3GPP TS 23 040 TP Originating Address Address Value field in string format BCD numbers or GSM default alphabet characters are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character set refer CSCS type of address given by lt tooa gt In the case of SMS 3GPP TS24 011 SC address followed by 3GPP TS 23 040 TPDU in hexadecimal format ME TA converts each octet of TP data unit into two IRA character long hexadecimal number e g octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A IRA 50 and 65 3GPP TS 23 040 TP Protocol Identifier in integer format d
198. i AT CFUN gt CFUN 1 0 ATV gt V 0 0 2 ATV V 1 OK AT CFUN CFUN 1 OK 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 139 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Result code selection and call progress monitoring control X Table Syntax X Command Possible response s X lt value gt Description The setting of this parameter determines whether or not the DCE transmits particular result codes to the DTE It also controls whether or not the DCE verifies the presence of dial tone when it first goes off hook to begin dialling and whether or not engaged tone busy signal detection is enabled However this setting has no effect on the operation of the W dial modifier which always checks for dial tone regardless of this setting nor on the busy signal detection capability of the W and dial modifiers See Table 4 Table 4 V 25 ter Defined values for X parameter Description X lt value gt CONNECT result code is given upon entering online data state Dial tone and busy detection are disabled CONNECT lt text gt result code is given upon entering online data state Dial tone and busy detection are disabled 0 CONNECT lt text gt result code is given upon entering online data state 3 4 Dial tone detection is enabled and busy detection is disabled CONNECT lt text gt result code is given upon entering online data state Dial tone det
199. ible response s 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 225 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ CGPADDR lt ci CGPADDR d gt lt cid gt lt cid gt lt PDP_addr gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CGPADDR 1 lt cid gt lt PDP_addr gt EEFIN CGPADDR CGPADDR list of defined lt cid gt s Description The execution command returns a list of PDP addresses for the specified context identifiers The test command returns a list of defined lt cid gt s Defined values lt cid gt a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition see the CGDCONT and CGDSCONT commands If no lt cid gt is specified the addresses for all defined contexts are returned lt PDP_address gt a string that identifies the MT in the address space applicable to the PDP The address may be static or dynamic For a static address it will be the one set by the CGDCONT and CGDSCONT commands when the context was defined For a dynamic address it will be the one assigned during the last PDP context activation that used the context definition referred to by lt cid gt lt PDP_address gt is omitted if none is available Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command 1 Query CGPADDR Support AT CGPADDR CGPADDR 1 OK 2 Set CGPADDR AT CGPADDR 0 CGPADDR 1 OK 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 226 Versio
200. in MT phonebook used character set should be the one selected with command Select TE Character Set CSCS 3GPP TS 23 40 TP Destination Address Address Value field in string format BCD numbers or GSM _ default alphabet characters are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character set refer command CSCS in 3GPP TS 27 07 type of address given by lt toda gt In the case of SMS 3GPP TS 23 040 TP User Data in text mode responses format if lt dcs gt indicates that 3GPP TS 23 038 default alphabet is used and lt fo gt indicates that 3GPP TS 23 040 TP User Data Header Indication is not set if TE character set other than HEX refer CSCS ME TA converts GSM alphabet into current TE character set according to rules of Annex A if TE character set is HEX ME TA converts each 7 bit character of GSM alphabet into two IRA character long hexadecimal number e g character I GSM 23 is presented as 17 IRA 49 and 55 if lt dcs gt indicates that 8 bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used or lt fo gt indicates that GSM 03 40 TP User Data Header Indication is set ME TA converts each 8 bit octet into two IRA character long hexadecimal number e g octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A IRA 50 and 65 depending on the command or result code 3GPP TS 23 038 SMS Data Coding Scheme default 0 GSM _ 03 40 TP Discharge Time in time string format yy MM dd hh mm ss zz w
201. indicated to TE by SATI lt satCmd gt The result to an envelope command which was sent by TE is indicated using the result SATE lt satRsp gt For more information regarding the sending of envelope commands to SIM lease refer to the SATE command description If SIM application toolkit tries to set up a call using the Set Up Call feature described in GSM 11 14 and the conditions for the call are checked by ME successfully the call is indicated to TE using the result SATA lt rdl gt Using the accept command A ME tries to establish the call otherwise the hook on command H rejects the pending SAT call and sends the respective response to SIM In general commands or responses sent by ME to SIM or commands handled by ME are indicated to TE using the result SATN lt satNtfy gt With these notifications TE shall be able to indicate appropriate messages to a user Defined Values lt n gt parameter sets shows the result code presentation status in the TA 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 291 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ lt satPrfl gt string type SIM application toolkit profile hexadecimal format refer CSCS starting with first byte of the profile lt satCmd gt string type SIM application toolkit command hexadecimal format refer CSCS starting with command tag lt satRsp gt string type SIM application toolkit response hexadecimal format refer CSCS star
202. indicated with the result SATA 60 and the redialing time is exceeded TE shall send the cause end of redialing reached to ME Defined Values lt cs gt cause of command or session termination O user stopped redialing 1 end of redialing reached 2 user ends session 2 9 8 EXAMPLE at cfun 0 OK at satc 1 7fffffff7 fO200fb07 OK at satm 1 OK at cfun 1 OK 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 301 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ SATI 0 804E2D83EF96FB4FE15340 SATI 0 193 2 0 0 0 800065006D006FO06D006574068CA1 lt Main Menu emome 7 SATI 0 194 2 0 0 0 8300065006D006FO06D006552A0503C lt Main Menu emome JM at cops 0 OK at sate 1 194 lt select menu id 194 OK SATI 3 0 800065006D006F006D006552A0503C SATI 3 1 10 0 0 0 80884C52D55B575178 lt Menu FEJZ SATI 3 2 10 0 0 0 80751F6D3B5B8560254FBF lt Menu E 22e i8 SATI 3 3 10 0 0 0 8060A0904A5A1B6A027DB2 lt Menu sieusexee SATI 3 4 10 0 0 0 80767C96FBS5B5090F54EF6 lt Menu HETE SATI 3 5 10 0 0 0 80807D80A17968884C60C5 lt Menu EEE SATI 3 6 10 0 0 0 80770B80A17968884C60C5 lt Menu Giese 7 i SATI 3 7 10 0 0 0 80884C52D54EA453CB lt Menu FEA SATI 3 8 10 0 0 0 800038003500304FDD8B7760A8 lt Menu 850 225 SATI 3 9 10 0 0 0 808A9E97F34FE1
203. indication routing for SMS DELIVERs lt bm gt for CBMs and lt ds gt for SMS STATUS REPORTs lt bfr gt defines the handling method for buffered result codes when lt mode gt 1 2 or 3 is enabled If ME does not support requested item although TA does final result code CMS ERROR lt err gt is returned Test command gives the settings supported by the TA as compound values NOTE Command Select Message Service CSMS should be used to detect ME support of mobile terminated SMs and CBMs and to define whether a message routed directly to TE should be acknowledged or not Defined values lt mode gt 0 Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA If TA result code buffer is full indications can be buffered in some other place or the oldest indications may be discarded and replaced with the new receiver indications 1 Discard indication and reject new received message unsolicited result code when TA TE link is reserved e g in on line data mode Otherwise forward them directly to the TE 2 Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA when TA TE link is reserved e g in on line data mode and flush them to the TE after reservation Otherwise forward them directly to the TE lt mt gt 0 No SMS DELIVER message to ME indications are routed to the TE Default 1 SMS DELIVER is stored in ME Indication of the memory location is routed to the TE by using the unsolicited result code CMTI lt mem gt lt index gt 2 class 0 class 1
204. ing DCE which may include functions other than the physical layer functions e g Recommendations V 42 V 110 V 120 and V 13 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 141 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Information examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT amp C1 OK AT amp CO OK Circuit 108 Data terminal ready behavior amp D Table Syntax amp D Command Possible response s amp D lt value gt Description This parameter determines how the DCE responds when circuit 108 2 is changed from the ON to the OFF condition during online data state Defined values 0 DCE ignores circuit 108 2 1 Upon an on to off transition of circuit 108 2 the DCE enters online command state and issues an OK result code the call remains connected 2 Upon an on to off transition of circuit 108 2 the DCE instructs the underlying DCE to perform an orderly cleardown of the call The disposition of any data in the DCE pending transmission to the remote DCE is controlled by the ETBM parameter see 6 5 6 if implemented otherwise this data is sent before the call is cleared unless the remote DCE clears the call first in which case pending data is discarded The DCE disconnects from the line Automatic answer is disabled while circuit 108 2 remains off Information examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT amp D 2006 BenQ Corporat
205. ing been selected If a CMUX command is issued whilst in any multiplexer mode then that CMUX command shall be ignored and the ME TA shall return an CME ERROR lt err gt response Defined values lt operation gt multiplexer Transparency Mechanism O Basic option not support in current version 1 Advanced option lt subset gt This parameter defines the way in which the multiplexer control channel is set up A virtual channel may subsequently be set up differently but in the absence of any negotiation for the setting of a virtual channel the virtual channel shall be set up according to the control channel lt subset gt setting 0 UIH frames used only 1 Ulframes used only 2 Iframes used only Default value 0 lt port_speed gt transmission rate 9600 bits s 19200 bits s 38400 bits s 57600 bits s 115200 bits s 230400 bits s oak wWhnrh lt N1 gt maximum frame size 1 32768 Default Value 31 64 if Advanced option is used lt T1 gt acknowledgement timer in units of ten milliseconds 1 255 where 10 is default 100 ms 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 17 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ lt N2 gt maximum number of re transmissions 0 100 where 3 is default lt T2 gt response timer for the multiplexer control channel in units of ten milliseconds 2 255 where 30 is default 300ms NOTE T2 must be longer than T1 lt T3 gt wake up respons
206. ing values lt value gt Description o Data compression reporting disabled no DR result code transmitted Data compression reporting enabled DR result code transmitted Recommended default setting 0 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 160 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Information examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT DR DR 0 OK AT DR 1 OK AT DR DR 1 OK 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 161 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 2 4 Command specified by ITU T Rec T 32 2 4 1 Action commands Send a page FDT Command Possible response s FDT lt CR gt lt CR gt lt LF gt FNF lt NSF FIF data gt lt CR gt lt LF gt FCl lt remote ID gt lt CR gt lt LF gt FIS lt parameters gt lt CR gt lt LF gt FCS lt parameters gt CONNECT FHS lt hangup code gt lt CR gt lt LF gt OK ERROR Description The FDT command requests the DCE to transmit a Phase C page It is issued at the beginning of each page either in Phase B or in Phase D When the DCE is ready to accept Phase C data it shall issue the negotiation responses and the CONNECT result code to the DTE Negotiation responses are controlled by the FNR subparameters 8 5 1 11 T 32 In Phase B after ATA ATD or the end of a document the FDT command releases the DCE to proceed with negotiation and relea
207. intermediate result code CONNECT and enters V 25ter online data state The detailed behavior after the online data state has been entered is dependent on the PDP type It is described briefly in 3GPP TS 27 060 34 and in more detail in 3GPP TS 29 061 39 and the specifications for the relevant PDPs PDP context activation 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 229 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ procedures shall take place prior to or during the PDP startup One or more lt cid gt s may be specified in order to provide the values needed for the context activation request During the PDP startup procedure the MT has the PDP type and the PDP address provided by the network in the Request PDP Context Activation message The MT may also have some or all of the following information The MT may have a priori knowledge for example it may implement only one PDP type The command may have provided an lt L2P gt parameter value The TE may provide one or both of PDP type and PDP address to the MT in the PDP startup If any of this information is in conflict the command will fail If one or more lt cid gt is given then an attempt shall be made to identify an appropriate context definition by matching the PDP type and PDP address in the network request with the PDP type and PDP address in each of the specified context definitions in the order in which their lt cid gt s appear in the command as follows The P
208. ion GMI Table Syntax GMI Command Possible response s GMI Description This command causes the DCE to transmit one or more lines of information text determined by the manufacturer which is intended to permit the user of the DCE to identify the manufacturer Typically the text will consist of a single line containing the name of the manufacturer but manufacturers may choose to provide more information if desired e g address telephone number for customer service etc The total number of characters Including line terminators in the information text returned in response to this command shall not exceed 2048 characters Note that the information text shall not contain the sequence 0 lt CR gt 3 0 0 13 or OK lt CR gt 4 15 4 11 0 13 so that DTE can avoid false detection of the this information text Result codes OK In all cases Informative Examples Initial the HyperTerminal 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 129 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Initial the MS AT Command AT GMI OK AT GMI ERROR AT GMI lt manufacturer gt OK Request model identification GMM Table Syntax GMM Command Possible response s GMM Description This command causes the DCE to transmit one or more lines of information text determined by the manufacturer which is intended to permit the user of the DCE to identify the specific mo
209. ion 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS without SIM card AT Command AT CGMM lt CR gt lt model gt Request revision identification CGMR Table CGMR parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CGMR lt revision gt CME ERROR lt err gt Description Read revision of ME It may include software and hardware revision Defined values lt revision gt information text Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS without SIM card AT Command AT CGMR lt CR gt SW ver 1 0 9 HW ver 1 0 FS ver 0 4 8 0 Build Date 2003 10 24 Build Time 14 17 57 Request product serial number identification CGSN Table CGSN parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CGSN lt sn gt 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 12 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ CME ERROR lt err gt Description Read serial number identification which determined by ME manufacturer Defined values lt sn gt total number of characters shall not exceed 2048 characters Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS without SIM card AT Command AT CGSN lt CR gt IMEI 44601919750759 5 IMEISV 44601919750759 00 OK Select TE character set CSCS Table CSCS parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CSCS lt chse
210. ion Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 142 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ amp D 0 OK AT amp D1 OK AT amp D amp D 1 OK AT amp D2 ERROR Fixed DTE rate IPR Table Syntax IPR Command Possible response s IPR lt rate gt IPR Read syntax IPR lt rate gt Read syntax IPR Test syntax IPR list of supported Test syntax autodetectable lt rate gt values list of fixed only lt rate gt values Description This numeric extended format parameter specifies the data rate at which the DCE will accept commands in addition to 1200 bit s or 9600 bit s as required in 4 3 It may be rates at which the DCE is not capable of automatically detecting the data rate being used by the DTE Specifying a value of O disables the function and allows operation only at rates automatically detectable by the DCE The specified rate takes effect following the issuance of any result code s associated with the used to select operation at current command line The rate selected 2006 BenQ Corporation AT Command User Manual specified does not apply in OnLine Data State if Direct mode of operation is Confidential Property Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 143 BenQ Defined values The rate value specified shall be the rate in bits per second at which the DTE DCE interface should operate e g 19 200 or 115 200 The rates supported by a particular DCE are manufactur
211. is call uses index and info values set with command CCUG Direct dialing from phonebooks 1 ATD gt lt str gt l G 5 Originate call to phone number which corresponding alphanumeric field is lt str gt if possible all available memories should be searched for the correct entry 2 ATD gt meme lt ns gt I G Originate call to phone number in memory mem entry location lt n gt mem is SM LD MC ME RC MT or SN Available memories may be queried with Select Phonebook Storage test command CPBS 3 ATD gt lt n gt I G Originate call to phone number in entry location lt n gt it is manufacturer specific which memory storage of ME SIM UICC and TA is used command Select Phonebook Memory Storage CPBS setting is recommended to be used Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 31 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Initial the MS Initial the alpha id of first physical record in AND is A AT Command 1 Dial number 188 ATD188 OK 2 Dial number in phonebook index 6 AT CPBS CPBS SM 37 100 OK ATD gt SM6 OK 2 1 3 Network service related commands Subscriber number CNUM Table CNUM parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CNUM CNUM lt alpha1 gt lt number1 gt lt type1 gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CNUM alphaX gt lt numberX gt
212. isplay in ASCII format CmdType 5 Setup Event List lt Event gt OO nals CmdType 6 Play Tone lt ToneType gt 1 Te Qe OU ODS 8 10 11 12 lt TimeUnit gt 0 1 2 lt Timelnterval gt 1 255 2006 BenQ Corporation Reporting asked for an User Activity event Reporting asked for an Idle Screen event Reporting asked for an Select Language event Reporting asked for an Terminate browser event Dial tone Busy Congestion Radio path acknowledge Radio path not available Call dropped Error Special information Call waiting Ringing General beep Positive acknowledgement Negative acknowledgement Time unit is minutes Time unit is seconds Time unit is tenths of seconds Time required expressed in units Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 300 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ lt TextInfo gt First byte is data coding scheme the other is Text to display in ASCII format CmdType 7 Setup Idle Text lt Text gt First byte is data coding scheme the other is Text to display in ASCII format 2 9 7 Terminate SAT command or session SATT Table Syntax SATT Command Possible response s SATT lt cs gt SATT Description This command is used to terminate a SIM application toolkit command or session If lt cs gt is present the value is coded and send to the SIM to erminate the command or session For example is a SAT Call Set up was
213. l on hold has been released 6 Forward check SS message received 7 Call is being connected with the remote party in alerting state in explicit call transfer operation 8 Call has been connected with the other remote party explicit call transfer operation 9 This is a deflected call 10 Additional incoming call forwarded lt Number gt string type phone number lt Type gt type of address octet in integer format lt subaddr gt string type subaddress lt satype gt type of subaddress octet in integer format Informative example Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT CSSN CSSN 0 1 0 1 OK AT CSSN CSSN 0 0 OK AT CSSN 1 1 OK 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 58 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ AT CSSN CSSN 1 1 OK at cssn 1 1 OK atd0937135753 This phone number is call forward to another phone OK CSSI 1 NO CARRIER OK Preferred PLMN list CPOL Table CPOL parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CPOL lt index gt CME ERROR lt err gt lt format gt lt oper gt CPOL CPOL lt index1 gt lt format gt lt oper1 gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CPOL lt index2 gt lt format gt lt oper2 gt CME ERROR lt err gt CPOL CPOL list of supported lt index gt s list of supported lt format gt s CME ERROR lt err gt Description This command is used to edit the PL
214. le 07916407058099F9040B916407861582F500009910702123040004D4E2940A is The TPDU breaks down as follows 04 TP MTI TP MMS TP_SRI TP UDHI TP RP 0B916407861582f5 This is the originating address TP OA 00 TP PID 00 TP DCS 99107021230400 This is the service center time stamp Every pair of digits are reversed This time stamp reads in octets from left to right the date 990107 year month day the time 123240 hours minutes seconds Finally the last octet is a reference for the difference in time between local time and GMT 04 TP UDL D4E2940A TP UD 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 8 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Sending SMS messages The AT command to use is AT CMGS Notice that this is the length of the TPDU and not the PDU so it does not include the SCA The length of the message is 4 octets and the message reads TEST Example1 A user would like to send a GSM 7 bit alphabet text TEST to number 0910123456 he may use AT CMGS 17 lt CR gt gt 001 1000A8190012143650000A704D4E2940A lt CTRL Z gt CMGS 122 depends on the MS OK Reading SMS message from storage To read SMS messages from storage the AT commands AT CMGL and AT CMGR should be used Example1 AT CMGR 1 CMGR 1 23 07916407058099F9040B91 6407950303F 100008921 222140140004D4E2940A OK Example2 AT CMGL 4 The 4 here means all messages CMGL 1 1 23 07916407058099F9040B
215. le response s AUFIR lt value 0 gt lt value 1 gt OK lt value 30 gt AUFIR AUFIR list of supported lt value gt OK AUFIR AUFIR lt value 0 gt lt value 1 gt lt value 30 gt OK Description This command is used to configure the FIR filter coefficient which the downlink audio speaker signal is be filtered Note that this command has to be used after audio path is configured by ATSAUPATH Defined values Listing the parameters and defining the values 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 251 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ lt Value 0 gt lt Value 1 gt lt Value 30 gt 0 65535 The FIR coefficient value Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT AUPATHZS3 1 AUPATH 1 OK Set FIR coefficient AT AUFIR 65514 65424 65381 65389 65399 194 713 593 444 1416 1206 65526 1481 4031 63490 16384 63490 4031 1481 65526 1206 1416 444 593 713 194 65399 65389 65381 65424 65514 OK 2 6 9 Audio Uplink FIR UPFIR Table UPFIR parameter command syntax Command Possible response s UPFIR lt value 0 gt lt value 1 gt JOK lt value 30 gt UPFIR UPFIR list of supported lt value gt OK UPFIR UPFIR lt value 0 gt lt value 1 gt lt value 30 gt OK Description This command is used to configure the FIR filter coefficient
216. lt code Information examples Reset to default configuration Z Table Syntax Z Command Possible response s Description This command instructs the DCE to set all parameters to their factory defaults as specified by the manufacturer This may include taking into consideration the settings of hardware configuration switches or non volatile parameter storage if implemented If the DCE is connected to the line it is disconnected from the line terminating any call in progress All of the functions of the command shall be completed before the DCE issues the result code The DTE should not include additional commands on the same command line after the Z command because such commands may be ignored NOTE Because this command may take into consideration the settings of switches and non volatile parameter storage it does not necessarily return the DCE to a known state In particular the DCE may as a result of execution of this command be placed in a state in which it appears to not respond to DTE commands or respond in a completely different format than was being used prior to execution of the command Result codes OK If lt value gt is recognized ERROR If lt value gt is not recognized or supported An OK result code for this command is issued using the same rate parity and format as the DTE command line containing the command but using the new values for parameters that affect the format of result codes e g
217. lt code RING 1 CLIP 0920123456 129 APPLE O AT CSCS IRA 2 CLIP 128 1 N DEACTIVATE AT CLIP 0 OK AT CLIP CLIP 0 1 o INTERROGATION AT CLIP CLIP 0 1 OK Call line identification restriction CLIR Table CLIR parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CLIR lt n gt CLIR CLIR lt n gt lt m gt 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 42 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ CLIR CLIR list of supported lt n gt Description This command allows a calling subscriber to enable or disable the presentation of the CLI to the called party when originating a call Set command overrides the CLIR subscription default is restricted or allowed when temporary mode is provisioned as a default adjustment for all following outgoing calls This adjustment can be revoked by using the opposite command Read command gives the default adjustment for all outgoing calls given in lt n gt and also triggers an interrogation of the provision status of the CLIR service given in lt m gt Test command returns values supported by the TA as a compound value Defined values lt n gt integer type sets the adjustment for outgoing call 0 Presentation indicator is used according to CLIR service 1 CLIR invocation 2 CLIR suppression lt m gt integer type shows the subscriber CLIR service status in the network 0 CLIR not
218. lt n gt Service class 0 data modem ITU T Rec V 250 2 0 fax class 2 ITU T Rec T 32 8 voice Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 183 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Initial the MS AT Command AT FCLASS 0 2 0 8 OK AT FCLASS 2 0 OK AT FCLASS 2 0 OK AT FCLASS 0 OK AT FCLASS 0 OK AT FCLASS 8 OK AT FCLASS 8 OK DCE Capabilities Parameter FCC Command Possible response s FCC lt VR3 gt lt BR gt OK lt WD gt lt LN gt lt DF gt ERROR lt ECs lt BF gt lt ST gt lt JP gt FCC FCC lt VR gt lt BR gt lt WD gt lt LN gt lt DF gt lt ECs lt BF gt lt ST gt lt JP gt FCC FCC list of supported lt VR gt lt BR gt lt WD gt lt LN gt lt DF gt lt EC gt lt BF gt lt ST gt lt JP gt Description FCC allows the DTE to sense and constrain the capabilities of the facsimile 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 184 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ DCE from the choices defined in Table 2 T 30 When FCC is modified by the DTE the DCE shall copy FCC into FIS Defined values See FCS Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT FCC 1 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 OK Current Session Parameter FIS lt ECs lt BF gt lt ST gt lt JP gt Command Possible r
219. mal coded octet string gt shall consist of pairs of hexadecimal numbers T 50 3 0 3 9 4 1 4 6 Spaces between octets shall be ignored by the DCE The DCE shall send octets in the order loaded Each octet shall be sent LSB first the string D8A2 would result in the following bit pattern 0001101101000101 Note This is the same format used in Non Standard frame reports see 8 4 2 4 T 32 Defined values Informative examples Indicate Document to Poll FLP Command Possible response s FLP lt value gt OK ERROR FLP FLP lt value gt FLP FLP list of supported lt value gt s Description The command indicates document available for polling Defined values lt value gt 0 Indicates that the DTE has no document to poll The DIS bit 9 will be cleared Any received DTC frames will be result in an orderly disconnection with hangup status code FHS 23 1 Indicates that the DTE has a document ready for polling The DIS bit 9 will be set to report this to the remote station Any received DTC frames will be accepted The DCE shall reset this parameter to 0 after a polled document is sent Informative examples 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 189 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Request to Poll FSP Command Possible response s FSP lt value gt OK ERROR FSP FSP lt value gt FSP FSP list of supported lt value gt
220. mand AT CPBS DC OK os 1 Read command AT CBPS CPBS SM 17 100 OK 2 Test command AT CPBS CPBS EN FD DC RC SM MC ON OK Read phonebook entries CPBR Table CPBR parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CPBR lt index1 gt lt index2 gt CPBR lt index1 gt lt number gt lt type gt lt text gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CPBR lt index2 gt lt number gt lt type gt lt text gt CME ERROR lt err gt CPBR CPBR list of supported lt index gt s lt nlength gt lt tlength gt 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 82 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ CME ERROR lt err gt Description 1 Execution command returns phonebook entries in location number range lt index1 gt lt index2 gt from the current phonebook memory storage selected with CPBS If lt index2 gt is left out only location lt index1 gt is returned Entry fields returned are location number lt indexn gt phone number stored there lt number gt of format lt type gt and text lt text gt associated with the number If all queried locations are empty but available no information text lines may be returned and CME ERROR lt err gt can be returned If list setting fails in an ME error CME ERROR lt err gt is returned 2 If it is possible to show Chinese name in phone book character set CSCS has better to set UCS2
221. mand returns supported on and off values Defined values lt onoff gt integer type value indicating 0 Disable automatic time zone update via NITZ default 1 Enable automatic time zone update via NITZ Informative example Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command When AT CFUN 0 AT CTZU 1 OK AT CFUN 1 OK AT COPS 0 OK CTZU 4 11 19 10 10 9 TimeZone 35 Note 1 4 11 19 means date is 2004 11 19 Note 2 TimeZone 35 means timezone is GMT 8 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 64 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 35 0x23 tmp1 0x02 tmp2 0x03 then the value of shift is tmp2 10 tmp1 32 In 3GPP TS 03 40 The Time Zone indicates the difference expressed in quarters of an hour between the local time and GMT So 32 4 8 gt GMT 8 2 1 4 Mobile control and status commands Phone activity status CPAS Table CPAS parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CPAS CPAS lt pas gt CME ERROR lt err gt CPAS CPAS list of supported lt pas gt s CME ERROR lt err gt Description Execution command returns the activity status lt pas gt of the ME It can be used to interrogate the ME before requesting action from the phone Defined values lt pas gt 0 Ready 1 Unavailable 2 Unknown 3 Ringing 4 Call in progress 5 Asleep Informative example Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command A
222. mand set the remote server information for M2M machine to machine Note This command is only available in M2M firmware Defined Values lt ip_address gt IP Address of destination server lt protocol gt 1 for TCP 2 for UDP 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 288 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ lt port gt TCP UDP port number 1 65535 lt dns_mode gt Enable Disable DNS service 0 Disable 1 Enable Other values are reserved and will result in an ERROR response to the set command Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT DESTINFO 168 95 100 100 1 283 lt CR gt OK AT DESTINFO www beng com 1 80 1 lt CR gt OK 2 8 4 Dial up M2M TPC IP Use ATD 97 to dialup GPRS and open TCP UDP socket This command will 1 connects GPRS 2 setups TCP connection if protocol tcp or UDP 3 Switch UART from command mode to data mode Command mode means that device can set AT command to module Data mode means that device can send and receive Internet packets with raw data In data mode Send and receive Internet packets Device sends raw data to GPRS module The BenQ GPRS module will send the data to the specified remote server by the TCP connection GPRS module will send data to device after receive data from the server Send to module by UART will set module from data mode to command mode Please type only and
223. memory storage available otherwise it will be stored in SM Class 2 SMS TP DCS F2hex These are directed specifically to SM Class 3 SMS TP DCS F3hex These messages shall normally be transferred to the terminal equipment or application if requested to do so This is controlled by the AT command AT CNMI For a deeper explanation and more information regarding the different SMS classed and their use see the 3GPP specification 23 038 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 10 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 2 Implemented AT commands for MS 2 1 Commands specified by GSM REC 27 07 2 1 1 General Commands Request manufacturer identification CGMI Table CGMI parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CGMI lt manufacturer gt CME ERROR lt err gt Description Read handset or model s manufacturer s ID Defined values lt manufacturer gt total number of characters shall not exceed 2048 Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT CGMI lt CR gt BenQ Request model identification CGMM Table CGMM parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CGMM lt model gt CME ERROR lt err gt Description Read model information which determined by ME manufacturer Defined values lt model id gt string type 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 11 Vers
224. meter command syntax Command Return VGR lt n gt VGR lt n gt VGR list of supported lt n gt s Description This command is used to tune the receive gain of speaker Defined values Receive gain 6db 5db 4db 3db 2db 1db Odb 1db 2db 3db 4db 5db 6db NIO JO INJ S lt o Sai oO oe os N o Transmit gain selection VGT Table VGTparameter command syntax Command Return VGT lt n gt VGT lt n gt VGT list of supported lt n gt s 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 91 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Description This command is used to tune the transmit gain of microphone Defined values n Transmit gain 1 12db 2 11db 3 10db 4 9db 5 8db 6 7db 7 6db 8 5db 9 4db 10 3db 11 2db 12 1db 13 Odb 14 1db 15 2db 16 3db 17 4db 18 5db 19 6db 20 7db 21 8db 22 9db 23 10db 24 11db 25 12db 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 92 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 2 2 Commands related to short message service SMS Text Mode amp PDU Mode Parameter Definitions The following parameters are used in the subsequent clauses which describe all commands Message Storage P
225. meter controls the volume of the monitor speaker The specific loudness level indicated by low medium and high is manufacturer specific although they are intended to indicate increasing volume Defined values See Table 11 Table 11 V 25 ter Speaker loudness values lt value gt Description 0 Low speaker volume 1 Low speaker volume 2 Medium speaker volume 3 High speaker volume Information examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command ATLO OK ATL1 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 157 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ OK ATL2 OK ATL3 OK 2 3 3 Data Compression commands Data compression DS Table Syntax DS Command Possible response s DS lt direction gt lt compression_negotiati on gt lt max_dict gt lt max_string gt DS Read syntax DS lt direction gt lt compression_negotiatio Read syntax n gt lt max_dict gt lt max_string gt DS Test syntax DS list of supported lt direction gt values Test syntax list of supported lt compression_negotiation gt values list of supported lt max_dict gt values list of supported lt max_string gt values Description This extended format compound parameter controls the V 42 bis data compression function if provided in the DCE It accepts four numeric subparameters direction which specifies the desired direction s of oper
226. mmand User Manual Confidential Property 173 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Description The response reports any received Non Standard Setup frames one response per frame Originate Answer FDT or FDR command execution may generate these responses if the corresponding frames are received The NSF Facsimile Information Field FIF frame octets beginning with the country code but not including the FCS are presented in hex notation and separated by spaces HDLC flags and zero bits inserted for transparency are removed Frame octets are reported in the order received For each frame octet the LSB is the first bit sent or received For example the two octet bit string 0001101101000101 would be reported D8 A2 The facsimile DCE reports the frame it need not act on it Specification of any other Non Standard behavior is beyond the scope of this document Defined values Informative examples Report Password FPW Response Possible command s FPW lt PWD string gt ATD ATA FDT FDR Description The response reports the received password string if any Originate Answer FDT or FDR command execution may generate these responses if the corresponding frames are received If the corresponding subparameter in the FAP parameter is set the DCE shall report the characters in the string in reversed time order from the order received from the remote station For example if the following hexadecimal
227. mple if the DCE supports use of Table 3 T 30 only the response to a FPl command is 20 2B 30 39 hexadecimal values if the DCE supports printable T 50 the response is 20 7E If less than 20 characters are specified in a non null string the DCE shall append space characters 2 0 If the specified string is more than 20 characters in length an ERROR result code is generated Defined values Informative examples Non Standard Frame FIF Octet String FNS Command Possible response s FNS lt string of OK hexadecimal coded ERROR octets gt FNS FNS lt string of hexadecimal coded octets gt FNS FNS number of octets that the parameter can hold Description The DCE shall send the corresponding non standard facilities frame if FNS is not a null string The type of frame is determined by the type of negotiation frame to be sent NSF sent with DIS NSS sent with DCS NSC sent with DTC The DCE only delivers the data the DTE must determine the content The first 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 188 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ octet must be the country code see Recommendation T 35 This parameter may require 180 hexadecimal characters to specify The FNS lt hex string gt may be repeated with new data each use appends data to the data entered previously The FNS command resets this parameter to a null string The lt hexadeci
228. n OONDARWN O lt CLI validity gt 0 CLI valid 1 CLI has been withheld by the originator 2 CLI is not available due to interworking problems or limitations of originating 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 274 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ network lt number gt number of dialed connected call lt toa gt type of address octet ton npi lt alpha gt alpha identifier of dialed connected call if available in phonebook Information examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command When AT CPI 1 1 Make an outgoing call and accept the call AT CPI 1 ATD0921 214863 OK CPI 1 4 0 1 MO make the call 0921214863 CPI 1 2 1 1 CPI 1 6 1 1 MT accept the call CPI 1 1 0 1 end the call NO CARRIER 2 Make an outgoing call and reject the call AT CPI 1 ATD0921214863 OK CPI 1 4 0 1 CPI 1 2 1 1 CPI 1 5 1 1 accept progress message ATH OK 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 275 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 3 Accept an incoming call AT CPI 1 RING CPI 1 4 1 1 ATA OK CPI 1 0 1 0 RING CPI 1 6 1 1 accept the call ATH OK 4 Accept an incoming call and then make an outgoing call AT CPI 1 RING CPI 1 4 1 1 Synchronization message RING ATA accept an incoming call OK RING RING CPI 1 6 1 1 ATD0921214863 make an outgoing call OK CPI 2 2 1 1 CPI 2 6 1 1 accept
229. n 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ AT CGPADDR 2 CGPADDR 2 OK AT CGPADDR 1 CGPADDR 1 OK 2 5 8 Automatic response to a network request for PDP context activation CGAUTO Table CGAUTO parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CGAUTO lt n gt OK ERROR CGAUTO CGAUTO lt n gt CGAUTO CGAUTO list of supported lt n gt s Description The set command disables or enables an automatic positive response auto answer to the receipt of a Request PDP Context Activation message from the network It also provides control over the use of the V 25ter basic commands S0 A and H for handling network requests for PDP context activation The setting does not affect the issuing of the unsolicited result code RING or CRING The test command returns the values of lt n gt supported by the MT as a compound value When the CGAUTO 0 command is received the MT shall not perform a PS detach if it is attached Subsequently when the MT announces a network request for PDP context activation by issuing the unsolicited result code RING or CRING the TE may manually accept or reject the request by issuing the CGANS command or may simply ignore the network request When the CGAUTO 1 command is received the MT shall attempt to perform a PS attach if it is not already attached Failure will result in ERROR or if enabled CME ERROR being returned to the TE Subsequently when the MT announces a network request for P
230. n 1 Available 2 Current 3 Forbidden Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command 1 Automatic selection of network AT COPS 0 OK AT COPS COPS 0 0 Chunghwa Telecom LDM OK 2 List all available network and manual selection of network AT COPS COPS 2 Chunghwa Telecom LDM CHTLDM 46692 3 TWN GSM 1800 TCC 46697 3 KGT Online KGT 46688 3 Far EasTone FET 46601 OK AT COPS 1 2 46692 OK 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 37 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Facility Lock AT CLCK Table CLCK parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CLCK lt fac gt lt mode gt lt Right OK passwd gt When lt mode gt 2 and command successful Right CLCK lt status gt lt class gt Wrong CME ERROR lt er gt CLCK CLCK list of supported lt fac gt s CME ERROR lt err gt Description Execution command is used to lock unlock or interrogate a ME or a network facility lt fac gt Password is normally needed to do such actions When querying the status of a network service lt mode gt 2 the response line for not active case lt status gt 0 should be returned only if service is not active for any lt class gt This command should be abortable when network facilities are set or interrogated Call barring facilities are based on GSM supplementary services The i
231. nal unknown 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 79 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 145 ISDN telephony numbering plan international number 161 ISDN telephony numbering plan national number 128 255 Other values refer TS 24 008 section 10 5 4 7 lt type gt type of address octet in integer format refer TS 24 008 8 sub clause 10 5 4 7 default 145 when dialing string includes international access code character otherwise 129 Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT CSVM CSVM 0 1 129 145 161 OK AT CSVM CSVM 1 188 129 OK List all available AT commands CLAC Table CLAC parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CLAC lt AT Command1 gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt AT Command23 gt CME ERROR lt err gt CLAC CME ERROR lt err gt Description Execution command causes the ME to return one or more lines of AT Commands Note This command only returns the AT commands that are available for the user Defined values lt AT Command gt Defines the AT command including the prefix AT Test shall not contain the sequence 0 lt CR gt or OK lt CR gt 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 80 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Informative example Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT CLAC AT CACM AT CAMM AT CAOC 2 1 5 Commands relat
232. nd information responses It also determines whether result codes are transmitted in a numeric form or an alphabetic or verbose form The text portion of information responses is not affected by this setting Table 3 shows the effect of the setting of this parameter on the format of information text and result codes All references to cr mean the character with the ordinal value specified in parameter S3 all references to If likewise mean the character with the ordinal value specified in parameter S4 See Table 3 Table 3 V 25 ter Effect of V parameter on response formats vo vi 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 138 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 Information lt text gt lt cr gt lt lIf gt lt cr gt lt lf gt responses lt text gt lt cr gt lt lf gt Result lt numeric code gt lt cr gt lt cr gt lt lf gt codes lt verbose code gt lt cr gt lt lf gt Defined values 0 DCE transmits limited headers and trailers and numeric text 1 DCE transmits full headers and trailers and verbose response text Recommended default setting 1 DCE transmits full headers and trailers and verbose response text Result codes 0 If value is 0 because numeric response text is being used OK If value is 1 4 For unsupported values if previous value was VO ERROR For unsupported values if previous value was V1 Information examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command al
233. nds they shall also be included If that DCE implemented stubs e g FCLASS 0 only it may report FCLASS as part of its GCAP response The response is not specifically limited as to number of lines of text Note that the information text shall not contain the sequence O lt CR gt 3 0 0 13 or OK lt CR gt 4 15 4 11 0 13 so that DTE can avoid false detection of the end of the this information text It is not necessary for a DTE to inquire of the GCAP where the application is specific to a technology such as facsimile where the FCLASS command would be sufficient to determine capabilities Informative Examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT GCAP GCAP FCLASS 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 133 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ OK Command line termination character S3 Table Syntax S3 Command Possible response s 3 Description This S parameter represents the decimal IA5 value of the character recognized by the DCE from the DTE to terminate an incoming command line It is also generated by the DCE as part of the header trailer and terminator for result codes and information text along with the S4 parameter see the description of the V parameter for usage The previous value of S3 is used to determine the command line termination character for entry of the command line containing the S3 setting command However the res
234. ned values Listing the parameters and defining the values lt Voltage gt 0 Disable the detection 2900 3600 mv Enable the detection and the value determines the setting voltage lt Duration gt 60 300 s Enable the detection and an interrupt will be produced for the every duration Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command 1 Enable the command with 3500 voltages AT LVD 3500 60 LVD 3500 60 OK 2 Disable the command AT LVD 0 LVD 0 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 270 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ OK 2 6 29 Select SIM Type Command SIMTYPEOPT Table SIMTYPEOPT parameter command syntax Command Possible response s SIMTYPEOPT lt mode gt OK ERROR Description This command is used to determine which profile download SIM should get Defined values Listing the parameters and defining the values lt mode gt 0 SIM TYPE 0 1 SIM TYPE 1 Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT SIMTYPEOPT SIMTYPEOPT 0 OK AT SIMTYPEOPT SIMTYPEOPT 0 1 OK AT SIMTYPEOPT 1 SIMTYPEOPT 1 OK AT SIMTYPEOPT 0 SIMTYPEOPT 0 2006 BenQ Corporation AT Command User Manual Confidential Property 271 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ OK 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 272 Version 1 7 7 20
235. nfidential Property AT Command User Manual 230 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ command the MT to acknowledge the network request but rather to make a new request for context activation The network request would be ignored The test command returns the values of lt response gt and lt L2P gt supported by the MT as compound values This command may be used in both normal and modem compatibility modes Defined values lt response gt is a numeric parameter which specifies how the request should be responded to O reject the request 1 accept and request that the PDP context be activated If lt response gt is omitted it is assumed to be 0 Other values are reserved and will result in the ERROR response lt L2P gt a string parameter which indicates the layer 2 protocol to be used see CGDATA command lt cid gt a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition see the CGDCONT and CGDSCONT commands Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command 1 Query CGANS Support AT CGANS CGANS 0 1 PPP OK 2 5 10 GPRS mobile station class CGCLASS GPRS only Table CGCLASS parameter command syntax Command Possible Response s CGCLASS lt class gt OK ERROR CGCLASS CGCLASS lt class gt CGCLASS CGCLASS list of supported lt class gt s 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 231 Version 1 7 7 20
236. nfo gt 0 1 lt Text Info gt CmdType 2 Get Inkey lt KeyType gt 0 1 lt Format gt 0 1 lt Help info gt 0 1 lt Text Info gt CmdType 3 Select Item lt Defaultltem gt lt Alpha Identifier gt lt ldx gt 1 255 lt counts gt lt Alpha idx name gt SMS alphabet default UCS2 Echo off Echo on Minimum length of input Maximum length of input No help information available Help information available First byte is data coding scheme the other is Text information in ACSII format Digit 0 9 alphabet set SMS alphabet default UCS2 No help information available Help information available First byte is data coding scheme the other is Text information in ACSII format Default item identifier First byte is data coding scheme the other is Alpha identifier of this menu Menu item index Total Number of items in this menu First byte is data coding scheme the other is Alpha identifier name of items in ASCII lt Help info gt 0 No help information available 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 299 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 1 lt NextAction gt CmdType 4 Display Text lt Prior gt lt Text gt Help information available Contains a pro active command idenifier Normal priority of display High priority of display response immediately No need to send at satr 5 First byte is data coding scheme the other is Text to d
237. nnennennnnennnnannn 106 2 2 3 Message Receiving and Reading Commands 107 New Message Indications to TE ONM 107 List Messages CMGL 2 n2 nennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnncnccnwsnacnnannnannncnnancnennnnennennnnennnannann 111 Read Message CMGR 2 2 nnnnnnnnnnnennnnnnnsnnnnnennennenncnneonneenccnncnnnnnccscnannennennnnnnnmnnman 112 NEW Message Acknowledgement to ME TA CNMA 114 2 2 4 Message Sending and Writing Commands 115 Send Message OMGS 115 Send Message from Storage OMSS 116 Write Message to Memory OMGW 2 117 Delete Message CMGD n2 aannnacnnnnnnnnnncnnncnwensonecnnannnnnnnacnanencccnnncnnennnnennnnnnnnn 118 Send Command CMGC nonenonnnnnnnennccnnccnnnnenncnnnennnnnnnnannnnnnannnmnsnmamnmannmanaacs 119 2 2 5 PDU Mode 120 List Message CMGL 2 2nnnnnnsnnnenn
238. nnnnnnnnnnncnnncnnonnnnncenennnnnnnceneccnecennncenenenennnnnnnnn 120 Read Message CMGR nn nannnnennncnnnnnncnnncnnnecnnnennannnncnccsenncnnannnnnnnnnnnnnnnmenmmae 122 Send Message CMGS enncnnnnnnenncncnncnnnnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnannnansnannmannmannmannmnnnacs 123 Send Message from Storage OMSS 124 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual iii Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Write Message to Memory OMGW 125 2 3 Commands specified by ITU T Rec V25ter as by GSM Rec 07 07 125 2 3 1 Generic TA control commands 125 Repeating a command line A 125 Reset to default configuration Z Set to factory defined configuration amp F 127 Request identification information 2n nnn nn nnn nnmnnn 128 Request manufacturer identification GMIl Request model identification GMM 130 Request revision id
239. nteraction of these with other commands based on other GSM supplementary services is described in the GSM standard Test command returns facility values supported by the TA as compound value Defined Values lt fac gt SC PIN enabled lt mode gt 1 disabled lt mode gt 0 AO BAOC Barr All Outgoing Calls Ol BOIC Barr Outgoing International Calls OX BOIC exHC Barr Outgoing International Calls except to Home Country AP BAIC Barr All Incoming Calls IR BIC Roam Barr Incoming Calls when Roaming outside the home country AB All Barring services 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 38 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ AG All outgoing barring services AC All incoming barring services FD SIM fixed dialling Numbers FDN memory feature if PIN2 authentication has not been done during the current session PIN2 is required as lt passwd gt PS SIM personalisation PN Network personalisation of the ME PU Network subset personalisation of the ME PP Service provider personalisation of the ME PC Corporate personalisation of the ME PF Personalisation on first inserted SIM lt mode gt 0 Unlock 1 Lock 2 Query status lt status gt 0 Not active 1 Active lt password gt string type indicate PIN or network password lt class gt integer type sum of integers each representing a class d
240. of an SMS message It is important to realize that SMS messages could be sent in two modes text mode and PDU mode which is described in detail in the GSM specifications 3GPP 27 005 3GPP 23 040 and 3GPP 23 038 Because text mode is followed the format of input parameters it is clear to execute the commands We now focus on the introduction of PDU mode 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 5 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ What is PDU mode First a PDU is a Service Center Address SCA followed by a Transport Protocol Data Unit TPDU There are several formats of TPDU but we now only use two forms here SMS SUBMIT TPDU Outgoing SMS messages submitted to the SM from the originating MS SMS DELIVER TPDU Incoming SMS messages delivered by the SC to final destination MS Therefore we have the following general format of an SMS message PDU SCA TPDU The TPDU format is a hexadecimal encoded binary format which means that 2 hexadecimal digits represent a byte or an octet In general there is a header part of the TPDU containing the control information and the follows user data which can be any type of information default 7 bit GSM alphabet 8 bit ISO 8859 1 alphabet or even 8 bit data Let s start with some examples of PDU SMS messages using an SMS SUBMIT type TPDU For simplicity s sake we will send a text message that reads TEST using the default GSM 7 bit alphabet H
241. ollowed by data data mode Alternating voice data data mode Alternating voice fax fax mode 9 Unknown lt mpty gt integer type ON OAR ON 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 61 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 0 Call is not one of multiparty conference call parties 1 Call is one of multiparty conference call parties lt Numbers gt string type phone number lt Type gt type of address octet in integer format lt Alpha gt string type alphanumeric representation of lt number gt corresponding to the entry found in phonebook used character set should be the one selected with command CSCS Informative example Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command ATD0952123456 OK AT CLCC CLCC 1 0 0 0 0 0952123456 129 aa Read operator names COPN Table COPN parameter command syntax Command Possible response s COPN COPN lt numerict gt lt alphal gt lt CR gt lt LF gt COPN lt numeric2 gt lt alpha2 gt CME ERROR lt err gt Description Execute command returns the list of operator names from the ME Each operator code lt numericn gt that has an alphanumeric equivalent lt alphan gt in the ME memory shall be returned Defined values lt numericn gt string type operator in numeric format see COPS lt alphan gt string type operator in long alphanumeric format see COPS 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property
242. ompound parameter is used to control the operation of local flow control between the DTE and DCE during the data state when V 42 error control is being used or when fallback to non error control mode is specified to include buffering and flow 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 146 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ control It accepts two numeric subparameters lt DCE_by_DTE gt which specifies the method to be used by the DTE to control the flow of received data from the DCE and lt DTE_by_DCE gt which specifies the method to be used by the DCE to control the flow of transmitted data from the DTE Defined values See Table 6 Table 6 V 25 ter lt DCE_by DTE gt and lt DTE by DCE gt values DCE_by_ Description DTE 0 None 1 DC1 DC3 on circuit 103 do not pass DC1 DC3 characters to the remote DCE 2 Circuit 133 Ready for Receiving 3 DC1 DC3 on circuit 103 with DC1 DC3 characters being passed through to the remote DCE in addition to being acted upon for local flow control 4 to 127 Reserved for future standardization Other Reserved for manufacturer specific use DTE_by_ Description DCE 0 1 DC1 DC3 on circuit 104 2 Circuit 106 Clear to Send Ready for Sending 3 to 127 Other Reserved for manufacturer specific use NOTE DC1 is IA5 1 1 DC3 is IA5 1 3 Recommended default setting For lt DCE_by_ DTE gt 2 For lt DTE_by_DCE gt 2 Informati
243. on examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 147 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ AT Command AT IFC IFC 0 2 0 2 OK AT IFC IFC 2 2 OK AT IFC 0 0 OK AT IFC IFC 0 0 OK DTE DCE local rate reporting ILRR Table Syntax ILRR Command Possible response s ILRR lt value gt ILRR ILRR current setting ILRR ILRR list of supported values Description This extended format numeric parameter controls whether or not the extended format ILRR rate information text is transmitted from the DCE to the DTE The rate reported shall represent the current negotiated or renegotiated DTE DCE rate If enabled the intermediate result code is transmitted after any modulation error control or data compression reports are transmitted and before any final result code e g CONNECT is transmitted The rate is applied after the final result code is transmitted The DTE DCE port rate will change only if neither buffered mode nor error controlled means are enabled ES x 0 and if the negotiated carrier rate MRR does not match the current DTE DCE port rate set by IPR command or autodetected from the previous command line The format of this intermediate result code is _ILRR rate rx_rate e g ILRR 19 200 lt rate gt values are decimal values The optional lt rx_rate gt value reports the rate on circuit 104
244. onses if the corresponding frames are received before the OK final result code Defined values See FCS Report DIS Frame Information FIS Response Possible command s FIS lt VR gt lt BR gt ATD lt WDs gt lt LN gt lt DF gt ATA lt EC gt lt BF gt lt ST gt lt JP gt FDT FDR Description FlS lt subparameter string gt reports remote facsimile station capabilities and intentions Originate Answer FDT FDR command execution may generate these responses if the corresponding frames are received before the OK final result code Defined values See FCS Remote Polling Indication FPO Response Possible command s FPO ATD ATA 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 169 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ FDT FDR Description FPO indicates that the remote station has a document to poll and invites the DTE to poll it see Table 2 T 30 bit 9 The FPO response is delivered between the FIS lt string gt and the OK final result code if enabled Originate Answer FDT or FDR command execution may generate this response FSPO inhibits the FPO response 8 5 1 8 T 32 The DTE may respond to a FPO message with either a FDR command to poll the remote station or a FDT command if it does not wish to poll Defined values Informative examples Report Remote ID FTI Response Possible command s FTI lt
245. or HEX mode 1 for ASCII mode lt Userld gt a string that identifies user Id for PDP context lt Passwd gt a string that identifies user password for PDP context lt cid gt 1 for PDP data compression off 2 for PDP data compression on Other values are reserved and will result in an ERROR response to the set command Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT CGPCO 1 PAP 1 lt CR gt OK 2 8 2 TCP IP Timeout for M2M packet TIMEOUT Table TIMEOUT parameter command syntax 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 287 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Possible Response s TIMEOUT lt timeout gt OK ERROR Description This command set the timeout for M2M machine to machine If UART does not send TCP data for the timeout period the module will send the buffered data in one packet Note This command is only available in M2M firmware Defined Values lt timeout gt 100 5000 in mSecond Other values are reserved and will result in an ERROR response to the set command Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT TIMEOUT 2000 lt CR gt OK 2 8 3 TCP IP Remote destination Server information DESTINFO Table DESTINFO parameter command syntax Command Possible Response s DESTINFO lt ip_address gt lt protocol gt lt p OK ort gt lt dns_mode gt ERROR Description This com
246. orted lt peak gt s list of supported lt mean gt s lt CR gt lt LF gt CGQREQ lt PDP_type gt list of supported lt precedence gt s list of supported lt delay gt s list of supported lt reliability gt s list of supported lt peak gt s list of supported lt mean gt s bed Description This command allows the TE to specify a Quality of Service Profile that is used when the MT sends an Activate PDP Context Request message to the network The set command specifies a profile for the context identified by the local context identification parameter lt cid gt Since this is the same parameter that is used in the CGDCONT and CGDSCONT commands the CGQREQ command is effectively an extension to these commands The QoS profile consists of a number of parameters each of which may be set to a separate value A special form of the set command CGQREQ lt cid gt causes the requested profile for 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 216 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ context number lt cid gt to become undefined The read command returns the current settings for each defined context The test command returns values supported as a compound value If the MT supports several PDP types the parameter value ranges for each PDP type are returned on a separate line Defined values lt cid gt a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP contex
247. ot response the UIH control frame at all The module just retransmits the frame until for N2 times After retrying N2 times the module gives up PCCA STD 101 17 select wireless network WS46 Table WS46 parameter command syntax Command Possible response s WS46 lt n gt WS46 lt n gt WS46 list of supported lt n gt s Description Set command selects to WDS side stack lt n gt to be used by the TA Read command shows current setting and test command displays side stacks implemented in the TA Defined values lt n gt 12 GSM digital cellular Informative example Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS without SIM card 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 20 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ AT Command AT WS46 WS46 12 OK AT WS46 WS46 12 OK 2 1 2 Call control commands Select Type of Address CSTA Table CSTA parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CSTA lt type gt OK CSTA CSTA lt type gt CSTA CSTA list of supported lt type gt s Description Set command selects the type of number for further dialing command D according to GSM UMTS specifications Test command returns values supported by the TA as a compound value Defined values lt type gt type of address octet in integer default 145 when dialing string includes international access code character otherwise 129
248. perty AT Command User Manual 304 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ lt trans mode gt lt data len gt MPERROR lt error code gt lt password gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt file data gt Description This AT command is used to read or write the ME Personalization file Defined values Listing the parameters and defining the values lt access gt The access mode 0 Read ME personalization file 1 Write ME personalization file lt Trans mode gt The transfer mode 0 Transparent mode raw data 1 Compress mode Implement in the future lt data len gt A decimal number indicates the file size of ME personalization file lt file data gt Personalization file data If lt trans mode gt is transparent mode it is the raw data of the file If lt trans mode gt is compress mode the data need to decode to the original file data lt Password gt String type This password is PUK code not hashed and 16 digits at maximum If the password can not recognized by ME the command will be rejected and return MPERROR 1 lt Error code gt If some error happens the handset will inform the user with MPERROR lt error code gt 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 305 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Code Description 0 Successful 1 Password Mismatch 2 Data Conversion Error 3 Feature not Support 4 Data Length Mismatch 5 Error Occur When Access FS 6
249. plete capabilities list GCAP Table Syntax GCAP Command Possible response s GCAP Description This extended format command causes the DCE to transmit one or more lines of information text in a specific format The content is a list additional capabilities command lt name gt s which is intended to permit the user of the DCE to identify the overall capabilities of the DCE In particular if the DCE implements a particular DCE control standard that uses Extended Syntax Commands and if that DCE control standard includes command s that indicate general capabilities the lt name gt s of the those commands shall be reported to the DCE in response to a GCAP command See table 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 132 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Table V 25ter Examples of required GCAP responses GCAP response DCE control standard Description FCLASS T class1 F Class1 Facsimile DCE Or T class2 F Control Class2 Facsimile DCE Control MS M commands Modulation Control MS and MR commands MV18S MV18 commands V 18 Modulation Control MV18S and MV18R ES E commands Error Control ES EB ER EFCS ETBM DS D commands Data Compression DS and DR For example a data modem that supported all capabilities described in this Recommendation may report GCAP MS ES DS MV18S If that example DCE implemented other comma
250. ponse to previous received SAT command If a SIM application toolkit command was indicated to TE using the result SATI lt satCmd gt the TE should send an appropriate response using the SATR command If lt satRsp gt is present the contents is converted and send directly to SIM The coding of the SIM response is the task of TE no checking is done by ME Defined Values If SSATM 0 lt satRsp gt string type SIM application toolkit response hexadecimal format refer CSCS starting with first byte of response data If SSATM 1 lt CmdType gt 1 Response for a Get Input 2 Response for a Get Inkey 3 Response for a Select Item 4 Response for a Setup Call 5 Response for a Display Text 6 Get STK Main menu 51 Backward move 52 Command beyond ME capability 53 ME busy 54 No response from the user 55 User aborts CmdType 1 Get Input lt Result gt 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 294 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 0 Session terminated by user 1 Response given by the user 2 Help information required by user lt Data gt Contains the string of characters entered by the user hexadecimal format refer CSCS CmdType 2 Get Inkey lt Result gt 0 Session terminated by user 1 Response given by the user 2 Help information required by user lt Data gt Contains the string of characters entered by the user hexadecimal format refer C
251. r command syntax Command Possible response s CPBF lt findtext gt CPBF lt index1 gt lt number gt lt type gt lt text gt CME ERROR lt err gt CPBF CPBF lt nlength gt lt tlength gt CME ERROR lt err gt Description 1 Execution command returns the phonebook entries from the current phonebook memory storage selected with CPBS which alphanumeric fields starting with the giving string lt findtext gt Entry fields returned are location number lt indexn gt phone number stored there lt number gt of format lt type gt and text lt text gt associated with the number If listing fails in an ME error CME ERROR lt err gt is returned 2 Test command returns the maximum lengths of lt number gt and lt text gt fields In case of SIM storage the lengths may not be available 3 The AT CPBF command can be used to display all phonebook entries sorted in alphabetical order 4 This command is only available for the SM and ME phonebook 5 It is possible to use this command with UCS2 strings If a wrong UCS2 format is entered the string is considered as an ASCII string 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 84 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Defined values lt index1 gt integer type value in the range of location numbers of phonebook memory lt numbers gt string type indicating the phone number of format lt type gt
252. rather than for other types of information Defined values The values and meanings of parameter lt n gt are specified in the following table lt n gt Mode 0 data 2 0 fax class 2 ITU T T 32 12 and TIA 592 8 voice Voice mode is of particular interest here and has an additional result code VCON Specifically VCON indicates that the TA is entering the voice command mode and there is a voice connection to at least one audio input or output This presupposes that some mechanism has previously initiated a connection to that audio I O Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT FCLASS 0 2 0 8 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 88 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ OK AT FCLASS 0 OK AT FCLASS 2 0 OK AT FCLASS 2 0 OK DTMF and tone generation VTS Table VTS parameter command syntax Command Return VTS lt tone gt OK ERROR if there is no communication VTS list of supported lt tone gt s OK NOTE In GSM this operates only in voice mode Description This command allows the transmission of DTMF tones and arbitrary tones see note These tones may be used for example when announcing the start of a recording period The command is write only In this profile of commands this command does not operate in data or fax modes of operation FCLASS 0 1 2 7 NOTE D is used only for dialing Defined valu
253. rding service CCFC 47 Call waiting service OCWA 49 Short string procedure AT CHLD 51 Unstructured supplementary service data CUSD 53 Advice of Charge CAOC 55 Supplementary service notifications CSSN 56 Preferred PLMN list CPOL 59 List current calls CLOC 61 Read operator names COPN 62 Get neighbor cells GNC 63 Automatic Time Zone Update CTZU 64 2 1 4 Mobile control and status commandS 65 Phone acti
254. ric string contained in FSA at the times specified in Recommendation T 30 if the corresponding parameter is not a null string Recommendation T 30 defines these frames for values of digits 0 9 space and characters only The DCE shall transmit digit string characters to the remote station in reversed time order from the order in the command line For example if the command line AT FSA 1 012 3456789 01 is issued the DCE would add two space characters and send a SUB frame with FIF consisting of the following octets expressed as hexadecimal digits lt 23 gt lt 31 gt lt 30 gt lt 2A gt lt 2A gt lt 39 gt lt 38 gt lt 37 gt lt 36 gt lt 35 gt lt 34 gt lt 33 gt lt 20 gt lt 32 gt lt 31 gt lt 30 gt lt 20 gt lt 31 gt lt 20 gt lt 20 gt If less than 20 characters are specified in a non null string the DCE shall append space characters 2 0 If the specified string is more than 20 characters in length an ERROR result code is generated Defined values Informative examples Address and Polling Frames Polling Address FPA Command Possible response s FPA lt selective polling OK address string gt ERROR FPA FPA lt selective polling address string gt FPA FPA list of supported characters Description The DCE shall send the numeric string contained in FPA at the times specified in Recommendation T 30 if the corresponding parameter is not a null string Recommendation T
255. right after SMSC length octet sending can be cancelled by giving lt ESC gt character IRA 27 lt ctrl Z gt IRA 26 must be used to indicate the ending of PDU Informative Examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT CMGS OK OK Send Message from Storage CMSS Table CMSS Action Command Syntax PDU Command Possible response s if text mode CMGF 0 If PDU mode CMGF 0 and sending CMSS lt index gt lt da gt lt toda gt successful CMSS lt mr gt if sending fails CMS ERROR lt err gt Description Execution command sends message with location value lt index gt from preferred message storage lt mem2 gt to the network SMS SUBMIT If new recipient address lt da gt is given for SMS SUBMIT it shall be used instead of the one stored with the message Reference value lt mr gt is returned to the TE on successful message delivery If sending fails in a network or an ME error final result code CMS ERROR lt err gt is returned This command should be aborted 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 124 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Informative Examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT CMSS 8 CMSS 3 OK Write Message to Memory CMGW Table CMGW Action Command Syntax PDU Command Possible response s lf PDU mode CMGF 0 CMGW lt index gt CMGW lt length gt lt stat gt lt CR gt
256. ription The execution command causes the MT to perform whatever actions are necessary to establish communication between the TE and the network using one or more Packet Domain PDP types This may include performing a PS attach and one or more PDP context activations If the lt L2P gt parameter value is unacceptable to the MT the MT shall return an ERROR or CME ERROR response Otherwise the MT issues the intermediate result code CONNECT and enters V 25ter online data state Commands following CGDATA command in the AT command line shall not be processed by the MT 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 223 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ The detailed behavior after the online data state has been entered is dependent on the PDP type It is described briefly in 3GPP TS 27 060 34 and in more detail in 3GPP TS 29 061 39 and the specifications for the relevant PDPs PS attachment and PDP context activation procedures may take place prior to or during the PDP startup if they have not already been performed using the CGATT and CGACT commands If context activation takes place during the PDP startup one or more lt cid gt s may be specified in order to provide the information needed for the context activation request s During each PDP startup procedure the MT may have access to some or all of the following information The MT may have a priori knowledge for example it may implement only one PDP typ
257. roperty AT Command User Manual 308 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 111 PLMN not allowed 112 Location not allowed 113 Roaming not allowed in Location Area 132 GPRS service option not supported 133 requested service option not subscribed 134 service option temporarily out of order 148 unspecified GPRS error 150 invalid module class 512 fail to abort 513 ACM reset needed 2 11 2 Message Service Failure Result Code CMS ERROR lt unsolicited gt lt p gt Table CMS ERROR parameter Syntax Command Possible response s Wrong CMS ERROR lt err gt Description Final result code CMS ERROR lt err gt indicates an error related to mobile equipment The operation is similar to ERROR result code None of the following commands in the same command line is executed Neither ERROR nor OK result code shall be returned ERROR is returned normally when error is related to syntax or invalid parameters or network Defined Values 0 127 GSM 04 11 annex E 2 values 1 Unassigned unallocated number 8 Operator determined barring 10 Call barred 21 Short message transfer rejected 27 Destination out of service 28 Unidentified subscriber 29 Facility rejected 30 Unknown subscriber 38 Network out of order 41 Temporary failure 42 Congestion 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 309 Version 1 7 7 20
258. s Description The command indicates request for polling Defined values lt value gt 0 Indicates that the DTE does not want to poll Bit 9 in a received DIS frame will be ignored 1 Indicates that the DTE can receive a polled document Bit 9 in received DIS frames will be reported by the FPO response 8 4 2 2 The DCE shall reset this parameter to 0 after a polled document is received Informative examples Capability to Receive FCR Command Possible response s FCR lt value gt OK ERROR FCR FCR lt value gt FCR FCR list of supported lt value gt s Description The command indicates capability to receive Defined values 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 190 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ lt value gt 0 Indicates the DCE will not receive message data also the DCE will not be able to poll a remote device This clears bit 10 in the DIS or DTC frame This can be used when the DTE has insufficient storage or if the DCE does not have a Phase C demodulator The DCE can send and can be polled for a document 1 Indicates the DCE can receive message data Bit 10 in the DIS or DTC frame will be set Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT FCR 1 OK HDLC Frame Reporting FBU Command Possible response s FBU lt value gt OK ERROR FBU FBU lt value gt FBU FBU lis
259. s octet in integer format default refer lt toda gt lt vp gt depending on SMS SUBMIT lt fo gt setting 3GPP 23 040 TP Validity Period either in integer format default 167 or in time string format refer lt dt gt or if EVPF is supported in enhanced format hexadecimal coded string with double quotes text amp PDU Commands available on both text and PDU mode text Commands available on only text mode PDU Commands available on only PDU mode 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 96 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 2 2 1 General Configuration Commands Select Message Service CSMS Table CSMS parameter command syntax text amp PDU Command Possible response s CSMS lt service gt CSMS lt mt gt lt mo gt lt bm gt CMS ERROR lt err gt CSMS CSMS lt service gt lt mt gt lt mo gt lt bm gt CSMS CSMS list of supported lt service gt s Description Set command selects messaging service lt service gt It returns the types of messages supported by the ME lt mt gt for mobile terminated messages lt mo gt for mobile originated messages and lt bm gt for broadcast type messages If chosen service is not supported by the ME but is supported by the TA final result code CMS ERROR lt err gt shall be returned See chapter Message Service Failure Result Code for a list of lt err gt values Also read command returns supported messag
260. sage identifiers refer lt mid gt default is empty string e g 0 1 5 320 478 922 lt dcss gt string type all different possible combination of CBM data coding schemes refer lt dcs gt default is empty string e g 0 3 5 Note Supported values for parameter lt mids gt and lt dcss gt maximum of 20 ranges could be declared for each parameter Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command read message types os 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 104 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ AT CSCB CBCB 0 1 4 10 2 3 OK 2 set message types Note the number of lt mids gt and lt dcss gt depends on services scope of the service provider 1 set lt mids gt lt dcss gt in the command to be accepted And the number of lt mids gt lt dcss gt are in the supported range AT CSCB 0 1 4 5 3 4 OK AT CSCB CSCB 0 1 4 5 3 4 OK 2 lt mids gt or lt dcss gt setting are out of the supported range AT CSCB 0 65536 7 8 CMS ERROR 302 AT CSCB CSCB 0 1 4 5 3 4 OK Note The values are set step by step so the values behind the supported range are discarded with a CMS error 3 set lt mids gt or lt dcss gt in the command to be unaccepted AT CSCB 1 2 5 8 OK AT CSCB CSCB 0 2 5 8 OK Save Settings CSAS Table CSAS parameter command syn
261. scription This parameter allows the DCE to report the size of the DCE s data buffers The values shall be in hexadecimal and represent the buffer size in octets The DCE shall provide sufficient receive buffer to accommodate 3 seconds of flow control off at the maximum receive speed at 9600 bit s this is E10h octets 8600 decimal Defined values 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 204 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ lt tbs gt transmit buffer size lt rbs gt receive buffer size Informative examples Packet Protocol Control FPP Command Possible response s FPP lt value gt OK ERROR FPP FPP lt value gt FPP FPP list of supported lt value gt s Description This command controls packet protocol to be used in DCE DTE Defined values lt value gt 0 Disable the DCE to DTE packet protocol Informative examples Data Bit Order FBO Command Possible response s FBO lt value gt OK ERROR FBO FBO lt value gt FBO FBO list of supported lt value gt s Description This parameter controls the mapping between PSTN facsimile data and the DTE DCE link There are two choices Direct The first bit transferred of each octet on the DTE DCE link is the first bit transferred on the GSTN data carrier 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 205 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ
262. se the DCS message to the remote station In Phase D after sending a page the FDT command resumes transmission after the end of a previous page The FDT command results in a CONNECT result code response if the DCE is ready for data or another result code if not e g FHS lt hangup code gt Following the CONNECT message the DTE shall deliver image data to the DCE as negotiated After image data is delivered the DTE shall deliver a lt DLE gt lt ppm gt character pair 8 3 3 7 T 32 to mark the end of the data and to indicate subsequent actions The FDT command results in an ERROR result code response if the DCE is on hook Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 162 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Initial the MS AT Command AT FDT FCS 0 3 0 0 0 0 2 0 CONNECT Receive a page FDR Command Possible response s FDR lt CR gt lt CR gt lt LF gt FNC lt NSC FIF data gt lt CR gt lt LF gt FTI lt remote ID gt lt CR gt lt LF gt FCS lt parameters gt CONNECT FHS lt hangup code gt lt CR gt lt LF gt OK ERROR Description The FDR command initiates transition to Phase C data reception This can occur after answering after dialling after a document is received or after a page is received The DCE may report the negotiated T 30 parameters with the remote ID and NSS frame information if available When the DCE is ready
263. sible response s CCUG lt n gt lt index gt lt info gt CCUG CCUG lt n gt lt index gt lt info gt Description This command allows control of the Closed User Group supplementary service Set command enables the served subscriber to select a CUG index to suppress the Outgoing Access OA and to suppress the preferential CUG Define values lt N gt 0 Disable CUG temporary mode 1 Enable CUG temporary mode lt Index gt 0 9 CUG index 10 No index preferred CUG taken from subscriber data lt Info gt 0 No information 1 Suppress OA 2 Suppress preferential CUG 3 Suppress OA and preferential CUG Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT CCUG CCUG 0 1 0 10 0 3 OK AT CCUG CCUG 0 0 0 OK 2006 BenQ Corporation AT Command User Manual Confidential Property 46 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Call forwarding service CCFC Table CCFC parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CCFC lt reason gt CME ERROR lt err gt lt mode gt lt number gt When lt mode gt 2 and command successful lt type gt lt class gt lt subadd CCFC lt status gt lt class1 gt lt number gt r gt lt satype gt lt time gt lt type gt lt subaddr gt lt satype gt lt time gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CCFC lt status gt lt class2 gt lt number gt lt type gt
264. sword specified for the facility from the ME user interface or with command Change Password CPWD and lt newpwd gt is the new password maximum length of password can be determined with lt pwdlength gt lt pwdlength gt integer type maximum length of the password for the facility Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT CPWD CPWD SC 4 AO 4 O1 4 OX 4 Al 4 IR 4 AB 4 AG 4 AC 4 P2 4 OK Calling line identification presentation CLIP Table CLIP parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CLIP lt n gt CLIP CLIP lt n gt lt m gt CLIP CLIP list of supported lt n gt Description This command enables a called subscriber to get the calling line identity CLI of the calling party when receiving a mobile terminated call Defined values lt n gt integer type sets shows the result code presentation status in TA 0 Disable 1 Enable lt m gt integer type shows the subscriber CLIP service status in the network 0 CLIP not provisioned 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 41 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 1 CLIP provisioned 2 Unknown e g no network etc Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command os ACTIVATE AT CLIP 1 OK AT CLIP CLIP 1 1 As incoming call occurs ms will display the unsolicited resu
265. t 0 Disable the call meter warning event 1 Enable the call meter warning event Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT CCWES CCWE 0 1 2006 BenQ Corporation AT Command User Manual 78 Confidential Property Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ OK Set Voice Mail Number CSVM Table CSVM parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CSVM lt modes gt lt number gt lt t CME ERROR lt err gt CSVM CSVM lt mode gt lt number gt lt type gt CME ERROR lt err gt CSVM CSVM list of supported lt modess list of supported lt type gt s CME ERROR lt err gt Description The number to the voice mail server is set with this command The parameters lt number gt and lt type gt can be left out if the parameter lt mode gt is set to 0 If setting fails an ME error CME ERROR lt err gt is returned Read command returns the currently selected voice mail number and the status i e enabled disabled Test command returns supported lt mode gt s and lt type gt s Defined values lt mode gt 0 Disable the voice mail number 1 Enable the voice mail number lt numbers gt string type Character string lt 0 9 gt the maximum length of phone number is 40 digits include prefix if exists lt type gt integer type Type of address octet 129 ISDN telephony numbering plan national internatio
266. t Description 1 This command is used to select the incoming call ringer sound volume level of the ME 2 Read command reads the current setting of ringer sound level 3 Test command returns supported values as compound value 4 For TI driver the valid range of setting is 0 63 If the setting is larger than 63 then the ring volume is the same as 63 5 The setting will not be stored After power cycle the setting will restore to default value 175 Defined values lt level gt integer type 0 255 Ring sound level O lowest gain 255 highest gain Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT CRSL CRSL 0 255 OK AT CRSL CRSL 175 OK Loudspeaker volume level CLVL Table CLVL parameter command syntax 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 73 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Command Possible response s CLVL lt level gt CME ERROR lt err gt CLVL CLVL lt level gt CLVL CLVL list of lt level gt s Description 1 Set command is used to select the volume of the internal loudspeaker of the ME 2 Read command reads the setting value of loudspeaker volume 3 Test command returns supported values as compound value Defined values lt level gt integer type the value of sound volume 0 255 0 for lowest gain 255 for highest gain Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial th
267. t parameter equals zero Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command 1 Set SC address AT CSCA 886935074443 145 OK 2 Read SC address AT CSCA CSCA 886935074443 145 OK Set Text Mode Parameters CSMP Table CSMP parameter command syntax text Command Possible response s CSMP lt fo gt lt vp gt lt pid gt lt dcs gt CSMP CSMP lt fo gt lt vp gt lt pid gt lt dcs gt Description Set command is used to select values for additional parameters needed when SM is sent to the network or placed in a storage when text format message mode is selected It is possible to set the validity period starting from when the SM is received by the SMSC lt vp gt is in range 0 255 or define the absolute time of the validity period termination lt vp gt is a string The format of lt vp gt is given by lt fo gt NOTE When storing a SMS DELIVER from the TE to the preferred memory storage in text mode refer command Write Message to Memory CMGW lt vp gt field can be used for lt scts gt 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 101 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Defined values lt fo gt integer type Bit7 Bit6 Bit5 Bit4 Bit3 Bit2 Bit1 Bito Bit 4 Bit 3 TP VPF 0 0 TP VP field not present 1 0 TP VP field present relative format O 1 TP VP field present enhanced format not
268. t Ic gt lt blc gt FDR lt cblc gt lt lbc gt Description The FPS lt ppr gt is generated by the DCE at the end of Phase C data reception in execution of a FDR command The initial lt ppr gt is generated by the DCE it depends on the DCE for T 4 or T 6 error checking capabilities controlled by the FCQ parameter 8 5 2 3 T 32 Note that the lt ppr gt value may be changed by the DCE in response to a remote request for procedure interrupt 8 5 2 2 T 32 The receiving DCE may count lines bad lines maximum consecutive bad lines and octets lost due to DCE buffer overflow and report them lt lc gt line count lt blc gt bad line count lt cblc gt maximum consecutive bad line count this is the number of lines in the largest group of consecutive bad lines lt lbc gt lost octet count The line counts are qualified by the DCE s copy quality checking capabilities controlled by the FCQ parameter 8 5 2 3 T 32 If the DCE is not configured to count lines or if line counts are irrelevant e g in Binary File Transfer mode Recommendation T 434 the DCE shall set the line counts to 0 A receiving DTE may inspect lt ppr gt and write a modified value into the FPS parameter The DCE shall hold the corresponding Post Page Response message until released by a subsequent FDR command from the DTE Defined values lt ppr gt Post Page Response 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command Us
269. t definition see the CGDCONT and CGDSCONT commands The following parameters are defined in GSM 03 60 lt precedence gt a numeric parameter which specifies the precedence class lt delay gt a numeric parameter which specifies the delay class lt reliability gt a numeric parameter which specifies the reliability class lt peak gt a numeric parameter which specifies the peak throughput class lt mean gt a numeric parameter which specifies the mean throughput class If a value is omitted for a particular class then the value is considered to be unspecified Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command 1 Query CGQREQ Support AT CGQREQ CGQREQ IP 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 9 1 18 31 OK 2 Set CGQREQ AT CGQREQ 1 1 1 1 1 1 OK AT CGQREQ CGQREQ 1 1 1 1 1 1 OK 2 5 3 Quality of Service Profile Minimum acceptable CGQMIN Table CGQMIN parameter command syntax Command Possible Response s 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 217 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ CGQMIN lt cid gt lt precedence gt OK lt delay gt lt reliability gt lt peak gt ERROR lt mean gt CGQMIN CGQMIN lt cid gt lt precedence gt lt delay gt lt reliability gt lt peak gt lt mean gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CGQMIN lt cid gt lt precedence gt lt delay gt lt reliability gt lt peak
270. t gt CSCS CSCS lt chset gt CSCS CSCS list of supported lt chset gt s Description Set command informs TA of which character set lt chset gt is used by the TE TA is then able to convert character strings correctly between TE and ME character sets When TA TE interface is set to 8 bit operation and used TE alphabet is 7 bit the highest bit shall be set to zero Read command returns the current setting and test command displays conversion schemes implemented in the TA 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 13 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Defined values lt chset gt string type Command Possible response s GSM default GSM default alphabet HEX Character strings consist only of hexadecimal numbers from 00 to FF e g O32FE6 equals three 8 bit characters with decimal values 3 47 and 230 no conversions to the original ME character set shall be done IRA International reference alphabet UCS2 16 bit universal multiple octet coded character set UCS2 character strings are converted to hexadecimal numbers from 0000 to FFFF e g 004100620063 equals three 16 bit characters with decimal values 65 98 and 99 8859 1 ISO 8859 Latin 1 character set PCCP437 PC character set Code Page 437 PCDN PC Danish Norwegian character set Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial
271. t hsc gt is a possible intermediate result code to any DTE action command described in 8 3 T 32 It is always followed by the OK final result code All lt hsc gt codes are two digit hexadecimal values The lt hsc gt values are organized according to the Phases of the facsimile transaction as defined by Recommendation T 30 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 179 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Defined values lt hsc gt Hangup status code Values Hangup cause description 00 0F Call placement and termination 00 Normal and proper end of connection 01 Ring detect without successful handshake 02 Call aborted from FKS or lt CAN gt 03 No loop current 04 Ringback detected no answer timeout 05 Ringback detected answer without CED 10 11 0 Transmit Phase A and miscellaneous errors ie Unspecified Phase A error No answer T 30 T1 timeout Transmit Phase B hangup codes 2 21 22 23 24 Unspecified transmit Phase B error Remote cannot receive or send COMREC error in transmit Phase B COMREC invalid command received RSPREC error 25 DCS sent three times without response 26 DIS DTC received 3 times DCS not recognized 27 Failure to train at 2400 bit s or FMS value 28 RSPREC invalid response received Transmit Phase C hangup codes Unspecified transmit Phase C error Unspecified image format error Image conversion error DTE to DCE data underflow Unrecognized transparent
272. t of supported lt value gt s Description The command enables disables HDLC frame reporting Defined values lt value gt 0 Disables HDLC frame reporting 1 Enables the DCE to report the contents of Phase B and Phase D HDLC frames to the DTE as they are sent and received in addition to other responses These will be reported using the FHT and FHR responses described in 8 6 T 32 Informative examples 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 191 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Negotiation Reporting FNR Command Possible response s FNRe lt rpr gt lt tor gt lt idr gt OK lt nsr gt ERROR FNR FNR lt rpr gt lt tpr gt lt idr gt lt nsr gt FNR FNR list of supported lt rpr gt lt tpr gt lt idr gt lt nsr gt s Description The command is a compound parameter used to control the reporting of messages generated during T 30 Phase B negotiations There are four switches for four types of reports See defined values for details Defined values Switch setting Description rpr 0 Receiver parameters are not reported FIS and FTC reports are suppressed rpr 1 Receiver parameters are reported FIS and FTC reports are generated pr 0 ransmitter parameters are not reported FCS reports are suppressed FCS parameter is still loaded pr 1 ransmitter parameters are reported FCS reports are generated ID strings are not report
273. t the information text shall not contain the sequence 0 lt CR gt 3 0 0 13 or OK lt CR gt 4 15 4 11 0 13 so that DTE can avoid false detection of the this information text Result codes OK in all cases Informative Examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT GMR lt revision gt OK Request product serial number identification GSN Table Syntax GMM Command Possible response s GSN Description This command causes the DCE to transmit one or more lines of information text 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 131 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ determined by the manufacturer which is intended to permit the user of the DCE to identify the individual device Typically the text will consist of a single line containing a manufacturer determined alpha numeric string but manufacturers may choose to provide any information desired The total number of characters including line terminators in the information text returned in response to this command shall not exceed 2048 characters Note that the information text shall not contain the sequence 0 lt CR gt 3 0 0 13 or OK lt CR gt 4 15 4 11 0 13 so that DTE can avoid false detection of the this information text Result codes OK in all cases Informative Examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT GSN lt serial number gt OK Request com
274. ta protocol IP Internet Protocol IETF STD 5 IPV6 Internet Protocol version 6 IETF RFC 2460 PPP Point to Point Protocol IETF STD 51 lt APN gt Access Point Name a string parameter which is a logical name that is used to select the GGSN or the external packet data network If the value is null or omitted then the subscription value will be requested lt PDP_address gt a string parameter that identifies the MT in the address space applicable to the PDP If the value is null or omitted then a value may be provided by the TE during the PDP startup procedure or failing that a dynamic address will be requested The read form of the command will continue to return the null string even if an address has been allocated during the PDP startup procedure The allocated address may be read using the CGPADDR command lt d_comp gt a numeric parameter that controls PDP data compression 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 214 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ O off default if value is omitted 1 on Other values are reserved lt h_comp gt a numeric parameter that controls PDP header compression 0 off default if value is omitted 1 on Other values are reserved NOTE At present only one data compression algorithm V 42bis is provided in SNDCP If and when other algorithms become available a command will be provided to select one or more of these lt pdi gt lt pdN gt zero
275. tatus of current network registration AT CREG CREG 1 1 OK 4 Enable network registration and location information unsolicited result code AT CREG 2 OK AT CREG CREG 2 5 100F 0000 OK Operator selection COPS Table COPS parameter command syntax Command Possible response s COPS lt mode gt lt forma CME ERROR lt err gt t gt lt oper gt COPS COPS lt mode gt lt format gt lt oper gt CME ERROR lt err gt COPS COPS list of supported lt state gt long alphanumeric lt oper gt short 2006 BenQ Corporation AT Command User Manual Confidential Property 35 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ alphanumeric lt oper gt numerica lt oper gt s list of Supported lt mode gt s list of supported lt format gt s CME ERROR lt err gt Description 1 Set command forces an attempt to select and register the GSM network operator lt mode gt is used to select whether the selection is done automatically by the ME or is forced by this command to operator lt oper gt 2 Read command returns the current mode and the currently selected operator If no operator is selected lt format gt and lt oper gt are omitted 3 Test command returns a list of quadruplets each representing an operator present in the network Quadruplet consists of an integer indicating the availability of the operator lt state gt long and short alphanumeric format of
276. tax text amp PDU Command Possible response s CSAS lt profile gt CMS ERROR lt err gt CSAS CSAS list of supported lt profile gt s 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 105 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Description Execution command saves active message service settings to a non volatile memory A TA can contain several profiles of settings Settings specified in commands Service Centre Address CSCA Set Message Parameters CSMP and Select Cell Broadcast Message Types CSCB if implemented are saved Certain settings may not be supported by the storage e g U SIM SMS parameters and therefore can not be saved Defined values lt profile gt 0 1 profile number where settings are to be stored Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command 1 Query CSAS Support AT CSAS CSAS 0 1 OK 2 Set CSAS 1 AT CSAS 1 OK Restore Settings CRES Table CRES parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CRES lt profile gt CMS ERROR lt err gt CRES CRES list of supported lt profile gt s Description Execution command restores message service settings from non volatile memory to active memory A TA can contain several profiles of settings Settings specified in commands Service Centre Address CSCA Set Message Parameters CSMP and Select Cell Broadcast Message Types CS
277. th status value lt stat gt from preferred message storage lt mem1 gt to the TE Entire data units lt pdu gt are returned If status of the message is received unread status in the storage changes to received read If listing fails final result code CMS ERROR lt err gt is returned Test command shall give a list of all status values supported by the TA 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 120 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Defined values lt stat gt integer type in PDU mode default 0 or string type in text mode default REC UNREAD indicates the status of message in memory defined values 0 REC UNREAD received unread message i e new message REC READ received read message STO UNSENT stored unsent message only applicable to SMS STO SENT stored sent message only applicable toSMS ALL all messages only applicable to CMGL command AOUN Informative Examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command 1 AT CMGL CMGL 0 1 2 3 4 OK 2 AT CMGF 0 AT CMGL 2 CMGL 1 2 8 07918896834348221 10000800004A800 CMGL 2 2 36 079188968343482251B702812200008F 1E040D021800A0E974B8EEF5BADFEF2E71D9 1D778DDF6D90 3A4C0601 CMGL 3 2 8 07918896834348221 10000800004A800 CMGL 4 2 35 079188968343482251BA02812500008F 1 DOA0A030606010A030C04020893D567BA421 D26ABE98A7B 5B1D06 CMGL 5 2 9 07918896834348221 10000800004A801E1 CM
278. the MS without SIM card AT Command 1 AT CSCS lt CR gt CSCS GSM IRA PCCP437 PCDN 8859 1 HEX UCS2 OK 2 AT CSCS GSM CSCS GSM OK AT CSCS lt CR gt CSCS GSM OK 3 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 14 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ AT CSCS UCS2 OK AT CPBS CPBS SM 7 100 OK AT CPBR 1 3 CPBR 1 12345 129 00520061006E00640079 CPBR 2 2 129 004300610020 CPBR 3 3 129 00450020 AT CSCS IRA OK AT CPBR 1 3 CPBR 1 12345 129 Randy CPBR 2 2 129 Ca CPBR 3 3 129 E OK Request international mobile subscriber identity CIMI Table CIMI parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CIMI lt IMSI gt OK CME ERROR lt err gt Description Execution command causes the TA to return lt IMSI gt which is intended to permit the TE to identify the individual SIM that is attached to ME Defined values lt IMSI gt International Mobile Subscriber Identity string without double quotes Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command 2006 BenQ Corporation AT Command User Manual Confidential Property Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ AT CIMI 466880100493652 OK Multiplexing mode CMUX Table CMUX parameter command syntax Command Possible response s CMU
279. the outgoing call ATH OK When AT CPI 2 1 Make an outgoing call and accept the call ATD0921214863 OK CPI 1 4 0 1 0 0 0921214863 129 MO make the call 0921214863 CPI 1 2 1 1 0 0 0921214863 129 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 276 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ CPI 1 6 1 1 0 0 0921214863 129 MT accept the call CPI 1 1 0 1 NO CARRIER 2 Make an outgoing call and reject the call ATD0921214863 OK CPI 1 4 0 1 0 0 0921214863 129 CPI 1 2 1 1 0 0 0921214863 129 CPI 1 5 1 1 0 0 0921214863 129 MT reject the call and MO get progress message ATH OK 3 Accept an incoming call CPI 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 RING CPI 1 4 1 1 1 0 1 Synchronization message ATA accept the incoming call OK RING RING CPI 1 6 1 1 1 0 1 connect the call ATH hang up the call OK 4 Accept an incoming call and then make an outgoing call CPI 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 RING CPI 1 4 1 1 1 0 1 ATA accept the incoming call OK CPI 1 6 1 1 1 0 1 connect the call ATD0921214863 make an outgoing call 0921214863 OK CPI 2 2 1 1 0 0 1 0921214863 129 CPI 2 6 1 1 0 0 1 0921214863 129 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 277 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ CPI 2 1 0 1 MT 0921214863 hang up NO CARRIER ATH hang up OK 2 7 2 Dynamic Multiband BAND Table Syntax BAND Command Possible response s
280. ting with first byte of response data lt satNtfy gt string type commands or responses sent by ME to SIM or commands handled by ME hexadecimal format refer CSCS starting with first byte of response data or command tag lt rdl gt integer type if a pending SIM application toolkit command is alerted to TE using result SATA the value of lt rdl gt indicates the redial timeout for the call in unit of milliseconds 2 9 2 Set SAT set amp response format SATM Table Syntax SATM Command Possible response s SATM lt Format gt SATM OK SATM Description This command provides the user to select the format when the ME set SATE SATR to SIM or SIM response SATI SATN SATA to the ME If you want to change this command you must set it after AT SATC and before AT CFUN 1 Defined Values lt Format gt 0 the format is a binary code 1 the format is a special format defined detail in SATE SATR SATI 2 9 3 Send SAT envelope command SATE Table Syntax SATE Command Possible response s 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 292 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ If SSATM 0 SATE SATE lt satCmd gt OK If S SATM 1 CME ERROR lt err gt SATE lt CmdType gt lt Select gt lt Data gt SATE Description This command provides the possibility to send a command to the SIM using the envelope mechanism of
281. tional items sub parameters The brackets do not appear in the command line Other characters including parentheses etc appear in commands and response as written AT command syntax A command line is made up of three elements the prefix the body and the termination character The command line prefix consists of the characters AT MS supports a set of commands referred to as basic syntax commands and a set of extended syntax commands the latter prefixed with a plus sign Basic syntax command The format of basic syntax commands except for the command D is as follows lt name gt lt value gt Example ATV1 lt CR gt set text form result codes lt CR gt lt LF gt OK lt CR gt lt LF gt response Extended syntax command lt name gt lt value gt Example AT CMUT 0 lt CR gt the representation of signal strength lt CR gt lt LF gt OK lt CR gt lt LF gt response Test command syntax lt name gt Example ATS3 lt CR gt show supported S3 values lt CR gt lt LF gt S3 0 127 lt CR gt lt LF gt lt CR gt lt LF gt OK lt CR gt lt LF gt Read command syntax lt name gt 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 3 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Example AT CACM lt CR gt show current accumulated call meter value lt CR gt lt LF gt CACM 0 lt CR gt lt LF gt response lt CR gt lt LF gt OK lt CR gt lt LF gt If the indicated nam
282. to N string parameters whose meanings are specific to the lt PDP_type gt For PDP type OSP IHOSS the following parameters are defined lt pdi gt lt host gt the fully formed domain name extended hostname of the Internet host lt pd2 gt lt port gt the TCP or UDP port on the Internet host lt pd3 gt lt protocol gt the protocol to be used over IP on the Internet TCP or UDP Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command 1 Set APN for TWNGSM AT CGDCONT 1 IP internet OK 2 Query CGDCONT AT CGDCONT CGDCONT 1 IP internet 0 0 2 5 2 Quality of Service Profile Request CGQREQ Table CGQREQ parameter command syntax Command Possible Response s 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 215 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ CGQREQ lt cid gt lt precedence gt OK lt delay gt lt reliability gt lt peak gt ERROR lt mean gt CGQREQ CGQREQ lt cid gt lt precedence gt lt delay gt lt reliability gt lt peak gt lt mean gt lt CR gt lt LF gt CGQREQ lt cid gt lt precedence gt lt delay gt lt reliability gt lt peak gt lt mean gt CGQREQ CGQREQ lt PDP_type gt list of supported lt precedence gt s list of supported lt delay gt s list of supported lt reliability gt s list of supp
283. ts have been deactivated These are not reported separately CGEV NW CLASS lt class gt The network has forced a change of MS class The highest available class is reported see CGCLASS CGEV ME CLASS lt class gt The mobile equipment has forced a change of MS class The highest available class is reported see CGCLASS Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command 1 Query CGEREP Support 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 234 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ AT CGEREP CGEREP 0 2 0 1 OK 2 Set CGEREP AT CGEREP 1 0 OK AT CGEREP CGEREP 1 0 OK AT CGEREP 1 1 OK AT CGEREP CGEREP 1 1 OK 2 5 12 RS network registration status CGREG Table CGREG parameter command syntax Command Possible response s EG lt n gt CGREG lt n gt lt stat gt lt lac gt lt ci gt CME ERROR lt err gt EG list of supported lt n gt s Description The set command controls the presentation of an unsolicited result code CGREG lt stat gt when lt n gt 1 and there is a change in the MT s GPRS network registration status or code CGREG lt stat gt lt lac gt lt ci gt when lt n gt 2 and there is a change of the network cell NOTE If the GPRS MT also supports circuit mode services the CREG command and CREG result code apply to the registration status and location information for those services
284. ts own CSST result code When lt m gt 1 and a supplementary service notification is received during a mobile terminated call setup or during a call or when a forward check supplementary service notification is received unsolicited result code CSSU lt code2 gt lt index gt lt number gt lt type gt is sent to TE In case of MT call setup result code is sent after every CLIP result code refer command Calling line identification presentation CLIP and when several different lt code2 gt s are received from the network each of them shall have its own CSSU result code Test command returns values supported by the TA as a compound value Defined values lt N gt parameter sets shows the CSSI result code presentation status Disable 1 Enable lt M gt parameter sets shows the CSSU result code presentation status 0 Disable 1 Enable lt Code1 gt 0 Unconditional call forwarding is active Some of the conditional call forwardings are active Call has been forwarded Call is waiting This is a CUG call Outgoing calls are barred Incoming calls are barred CLIR suppression rejected NOOR WD 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 57 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 8 Call has been deflected lt Index gt refer Closed user group CCUG lt Code2 gt 0 This is a forwarded call 1 This is a CUG call 2 Call has been put on hold 3 Call has been retrieved 4 Multiparty call entered 5 Cal
285. ty management call control supplementary service short message cell broadcast base band and the other service TE MS Figure 1 1 Explanation ME Mobile equipment MS Mobile station Basically a mobile station is mobile equipment with a SIM card TE Terminal Equipment that is the same as the controller in this case Getting started For testing AT commands the MS can be connected to any computer environment as long as it has a V 24 V 28 serial interface The commands can be issued with for example HyperTerminal in Microsoft Windows or other emulator programs Syntax description The section gives a brief description of the syntax used for the command set The MS may echo characters received depending on the setting of the command E As a default echo is enabled and characters are echoed at the same rate parity and format as received 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 2 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ The character defined by parameter S5 default BS IRA 8 is interpreted as request from the TE to delete the previous character lt CR gt Carriage return character whose value is specified by command S3 default IRA 13 lt LF gt Line feed character whose value is specified by command S4 default IRA 10 lt gt The name enclosed in angle brackets is a syntactical element The brackets do not appear in the command line Strings enclosed in square brackets are op
286. ues lt service gt a numeric parameter which indicates the service or service preference to be used 0 Packet Domain 1 circuit switched 2 Packet Domain preferred use circuit switched if GPRS not available 3 circuit switched preferred use Packet Domain if circuit switched not available Other values are reserved and will result in an ERROR response to the set command Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command 1 Query CGSMS Support AT CGSMS CGSMS 0 3 OK 2 Set CGSMS AT CGSMS 1 OK AT CGSMS CGSMS 1 OK AT CGSMS 0 OK AT CGSMS CGSMS 0 OK 2 5 14 Request GPRS service D Table D command syntax Command Possible Response s 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 238 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ D lt GPRS_SC gt lt called_address gt CONNECT I lt L2P gt lt cid gt ERROR Description This command causes the MT to perform whatever actions are necessary to establish communication between the TE and external PDN The V 25ter D Dial command causes the MT to enter the V 25ter online data state and with the TE to start the specified layer2 protocol The Mt shall return CONNECT to confirm acceptance of the command prior to entering the V 25ter online data state No further commands may follow on the AT command line The detailed behavior after the online data state has been entered is dependent on the PDP t
287. ult code issued shall use the value of S3 as set during the processing of the command line For example if S3 was previously set to 13 and the command line ATS3 30 is issued the command line shall be terminated with a CR character IA5 0 13 but the result code issued will use the character with the ordinal value 30 IA5 2 14 in place of the CR Defined values 0 to 127 Set command line termination character to this value Mandatory default setting 13 Carriage return character CR IA5 0 13 Information examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command ATS3 3 0 127 OK ATS3 013 OK 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 134 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ Response formatting character S4 Table Syntax S4 Command Possible response s S4 Description This S parameter represents the decimal IA5 value of the character generated by the DCE as part of the header trailer and terminator for result codes and information text along with the S3 parameter see the description of the V parameter for usage If the value of S4 is changed in a command line the result code issued in response to that command line will use the new value of S4 Defined values 0 to 127 Set response formatting character to this value Recommended default setting 10 Line feed character LF IA5 0 10 Information examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT
288. ult code is issued after circuit 109 is turned off if it was previously on 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 155 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ ERROR If lt value gt is not recognized or supported Information examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command ATH OK Automatic answer S0 Table Syntax S0 Command Possible response s so Description This S parameter controls the automatic answering feature of the DCE If set to 0 automatic answering is disabled If set to a non zero value the DCE shall cause the DCE to answer when the incoming call indication ring has occurred the number of times indicated by the value see 6 1 2 For example in GSTN modem applications setting this parameter to 1 will cause the modem to answer an incoming call on the first ring Defined values 0 Automatic answering is disabled 1 to 255 Enable automatic answering on the ring number specified Recommended default setting 0 Automatic answering is disabled Information examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command ATSO 0 0 255 OK ATSO 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 156 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 000 OK ATSO 1 OK ATSO 001 OK Monitor speaker loudness L Table Syntax L Command Possible response s L lt value gt Description This para
289. urity the PUK code and all control keys in the file are hashed Even external tool can read any files in flash the real keys will not be known In addition A PUK code should be provided for any try to overwrite the file And the key in the AT command is not hashed As the handset receives the write command it should compare the PUK with it keeps of course it should hashed the received PUK code first don t forget the control key PUK code is hashed in ME If check failed the request will be rejected Because user can update the file include PUK all control keys through tool the PUK and control key are not hashed in the data field of write at command Before update the file in ME handset should hash the PUK and all control keys in the data field Consider that allow the first time to write the file to flash if the PUK code in ME is the default value Hashed 1111111111111111 then don t check the password and use the incoming data to update the file in ME The XDM tool will provide special GUI to access ME personalization file by AT command AT MEPERS Table 10 1 MELCK parameter command syntax Command Possible response s For Read MELCK lt trans mode gt lt data len gt lt CR gt lt LF gt MELCK lt access gt lt file data gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt trans mode gt OK or MPERROR lt error code gt ERROR For Write OK MELCK lt access gt or 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Pro
290. ve examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command 1 List All Messages AT CMGF 1 OK AT CMGL ALL CMGL 2 STO UNSENT 0921214863 129 4 TEST OK AT CMGL STO UNSENT CMGL 2 STO UNSENT 0921214863 129 4 TEST OK 2 List Message AT CMGF 0 OK AT CMGL 2 CMGL 2 2 17 0681907304801411000A8190121284360000A804D4E2940A OK Read Message CMGR Table CMGR Action Command Syntax text Command Possible response s CMGR lt index gt lt State lif text mode CMGF 1 command gt successful and SMS DELIVER CMGR lt stat gt lt oa gt lt alpha gt lt scts gt lt tooa gt lt fo gt lt pid gt lt dcs gt lt sca gt lt tosca gt lt length gt lt C R gt lt LF gt lt data gt if text mode CMGF 1 command 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 112 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ successful and SMS SUBMIT CMGR lt stat gt lt da gt lt alpha gt lt toda gt lt fo gt lt pid gt lt dcs gt lt vp gt lt sca gt lt tosca gt lt length gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt data gt If reading fails CMS ERROR lt err gt Description Execution command returns message with location value lt index gt from message storage lt mem1 gt to the TE About text mode parameters in italics refer command Show Text Mode Parameters CSDH If status of the message is received unread status in the storage chan
291. vity status CPAS 65 Set phone functionality CFUN 66 Enter PIN CPIN 67 Battery charge CBC 69 Signal quality CSQ 69 Restricted SIM access CRSM 2 2 nn2 nnnrcnnecnnne cn nn ccna ccna eote eiia 71 Ringer sound level and ringer type select CRSL 73 Loudspeaker volume level CLVL 73 Mute CMUT 74 Accumulated call meter CACM Accumulated call meter maximum CAMM 76 Price per unit and currency table CPUC 77 Call Meter maximum event CCWE Set Voice Mail Number CSVM
292. yntax Command Return GDT lt TYPE gt OK ERROR Description When lt TYPE gt 1 18 the MS will enable the lt TYPE gt of call tone When lt TYPE gt 0 the MS will stop the call tone Defined values lt TYPE gt Call Tone Type 1 DIAL CALL TONE AUTHENTICATION CALL TONE RINGING CALL TONE BUSY CALL TONE CONGESTED CALL TONE CALL DROP CALL TONE DIAL CALL TONE RADIO ACK CALL TONE 9 WAITING CALL TONE 10 TIMEALERT CALL TONE 11 AUTO REDIAL CALL TONE 12 TEST TONE CALL TONE 13 WARNING BEEP CALL TONE ONOoa wh 2006 BenQ Corporation Confidential Property AT Command User Manual 267 Version 1 7 7 20 09 2006 BenQ 14 RISING CALLTONE 15 FALLING CALL TONE 16 FORBID KEYPAD CALLTONE 17 POWER ON CALL TONE 18 ERROR PROMPT CALL TONE Informative examples Initial the HyperTerminal Initial the MS AT Command AT GDT 1 OK AT GDT 0 OK AT GDT 3 OK 2 6 26 Hardware power off command HRST Table HRST parameter command syntax Command Return HRST lt isEnable gt HRST HRST lt isEnable gt HRST HRST list of supported lt isEnable gt s Description When lt isEnable gt 0 it will not detect hardware poweroff procedure When lt isEnable gt 1 it will detect hardware reset procedure the user can give ROW4 pin a pulse 30 ms then pull down GPIO 13 200 ms the system will power off Defined values lt isEnable gt the par
293. ype It is described briefly in clauses 8 for X 25 and 9 for IP of GSM 07 06 GPRS attachment and PDP context activation procedures may take place prior to or during the PDP startup if they have not already been performed using the CGATT and CGACT commands When the layer 2 protocol has terminated either as a result of orderly shut down of the PDP or an error the MT shall enter V 25ter command state and return the NO CARRIER final result code If lt called_address gt is supported and provided the MT shall automatically set up a virtual call to the specified address after the PDP context has been activated If lt L2P gt and lt cid gt are supported their usage shall be the same as in the CGDATA command The CGDCONT CGQREQ etc commands may then be used in the modem initialization AT command string to set values for PDP type APN QoS etc If lt L2P gt is not supported of is supported but omitted the MT shall use a layer 2 protocol appropriate to the PDP type If lt cid gt is not supported of is supported but omitted the MT shall attempt to activate the context using a any information provided by the TE during the PDP startup procedure e g the TE may provide a PDP type and or PDP address to the MT or b a prior knowledge e g the MT may implement only one PDP type or c using the Empty PDP type GSM 04 08 No PDP address or APN shall be sent in this case and only one PDP context subscription record shall b

M22 / M23 / M23G AT Command User Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents